Siemens SINAMICS S110 List Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Control Unit
  5. SINAMICS S110
  6. List manual

Siemens SINAMICS S110 List Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS S110:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
Table Of Contents
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Function Manual , Manual
SINAMICS S110
List Manual · 06/2012
SINAMICS
s

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS S110

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS S110

  • Page 1 SINAMICS S110 List Manual · 06/2012 SINAMICS...
  • Page 3 Preface SINAMICS Parameter Function diagrams SINAMICS S110 Faults and alarms Appendix List Manual List of abbreviations Index Valid for Drive Firmware version SINAMICS 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3 06/2012...
  • Page 4 Please observe the following: Warning Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications envisaged in the catalog and in the associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be recommended or approved by Siemens. To ensure proper and safe operation of these products, they must be correctly transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated, and maintained.
  • Page 5 My Documentation Manager Information on how to produce individual contents for your own machine docu- mentation based on Siemens contents is available under the link: http://www.siemens.com/mdm Training Information about SITRAIN (Siemens Training on products, systems and solu- tions for automation) is available under the following link: http://www.siemens.com/sitrain...
  • Page 6 • SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual • SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions Target group This documentation is aimed at machine manufacturers, commissioning engi- neers, and service personnel who use SINAMICS. Preface-6 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 7 The EC Declaration of Conformity for the EMC Directive can be found on the Internet at: http://support.automation.siemens.com There, as the search term, enter the number 15257461 or contact your local Sie- mens office. Preface-7 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 8 Preface Preface-8 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 9 Data sets ..........2-950 Contents-9 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 10 Index ............C-1273 Contents-10 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 11 Parameter Contents Overview of parameters 1-12 List of parameters 1-29 Parameters for data sets 1-733 1-11 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - End of example- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-12 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 13 The following applies to display parameters: The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit in square parentheses. 1-13 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 14 Note: References: /FH3/ SINAMICS S110 Function Manual The parameter list specifies the associated drive object and function module for each individual parameter. 1-14 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 15 S110 servo drive with "Free function blocks" function SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS) module (r0108.18). Note: The drive object type is used to identify the drive objects in the drive system (e.g. r0107, r0975[1]). 1-15 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 16 Parameter p0009 is CU-specific (present on Control Unit). Parameter p0010 is drive-specific (present for each drive object). The operating state of individual drive objects is displayed in r0002. 1-16 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 17 1. Standard 2. Extended 3. Expert 4. Service Parameters with this access level are password protected. Note: Parameter p0003 is CU-specific (present on Control Unit). 1-17 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 18 BICO input parameters with data type "Unsigned32/FloatingPoint32" can also be interconnected with the following BICO output parameters, despite the fact that these are not of the "FloatingPoint32" data type: CO: r2050, CO: r2060 1-18 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 19 • "p2615" (traversing blocks count) Note: Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references: References: /FH3/ SINAMICS S110 Function Manual Chapter "Data Sets" 1-19 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 20 All the potential unit groups and possible unit selections are listed below. Table 1-3 Unit groups (p0100) Unit group Unit selection for p0100 = Reference variable for % lbf ft 14_2 1-20 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 21 Vrms Vrms p2001 p2001 p2001 mArms mArms p2002 Arms Arms p2002 p2002 p2002 p2002 lbf ft p2003 lbf ft lbf ft 1-21 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 22 Unit selection for p0595 = Reference variable for % Value Unit The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p0595 (See Chapter 1.2). 1-22 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 23 These parameters and their functionalities have not been tested and no further user documentation is available for them (e.g. description of functions). Moreover, no support is provided for these parameters by "Technical Support" (hotline). 1-23 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 24 Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material damage. Information that must be observed to avoid any problems. 1-24 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 25 The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual (see Safety Notices). Note Information that the user or operator may find useful. 1-25 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 26 2009 Reference values 2010 2099 Communication (fieldbus) 2100 2139 Faults and alarms 2140 2199 Signals and monitoring 2200 2359 Technology controller 2360 2399 Staging, hibernation 1-26 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 27 7839 EEPROM read/write parameters 7840 8399 Internal system parameters 8400 8449 Real time clock (RTC) 8500 8599 Data and macro management 8600 8799 CAN bus 1-27 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 28 Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks (FBLOCKS) 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart (DCC) 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) 61000 61001 PROFINET 1-28 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 29 Switching on inhibited - connect 24 V to terminal EP (hardware) Switching on inhibited - rectify fault, acknowledge fault, STO Switching on inhibited - exit comm mode (p0009, p0010) Drive object de-activated/not operational Initialization 1-29 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 30 = 21, p0005[1] = 0: Actual speed smoothed (r0021) p0005[0] = 25, p0005[1] = 0: Output voltage smoothed (r0025) Index: [0] = Parameter number [1] = Parameter index Dependency: Refer to: p0006 1-30 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 31 If no keys are actuated, then the background lighting automatically switches itself off after this time has expired. Note: p0007 = 0: Background lighting is always switched on (factory setting). 1-31 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 32 (p0121, p0131, p0141, p0151, p0161) to the individual data sets and the assignment of the power unit, motor and encoder to the drive data sets (p0185, ...). 1-32 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 33 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run. Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. 1-33 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 34 No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) No coast down Coast down (OFF2) No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) No Quick Stop Quick Stop (OFF3) Acknowledge fault (0 -> 1) 1-34 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 35 The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063). 1-35 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 36 The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). 1-36 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 37 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed torque-generating actual current. Dependency: Refer to: r0078 1-37 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 38 For the actual torque limit = 0, the following applies: r0033 = 100 % For the actual torque limit < 0, the following applies: r0033 = 0 % 1-38 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 39 In the other case, the degree of thermal overload is calculated, whereby 100% results in a trip. Dependency: Refer to: p0290, p0294 Refer to: F30005 1-39 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 40 Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]). r0037[2]: Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures (r0037[11...12]). The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter, depletion layer, or rectifier. 1-40 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 41 - there is a "switching on inhibited". Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. 1-41 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 42 - the function generator with current input is active. - the measuring function "current controller reference frequency characteristic" is active. - the pole position identification is active. 1-42 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 43 MotID: kT determination evaluation MotID: kT determination end MotID: Reluctance constant measurement, step 1 MotID: Reluctance constant measurement, step 2 MotID: Reluctance constant measurement, step 3 1-43 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 44 CDS eff., bit 1 Dependency: Refer to: p0810, r0836 Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g. p0810) is displayed using r0836. 1-44 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 45 Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator). Dependency: Refer to: r0020 Note: The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060). 1-45 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 46 Displays the actual system deviation of the speed controller. Note: In servo control mode with active reference model, the system deviation to the P component of the speed controller is displayed. 1-46 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 47 The value is updated with a sampling time of 1 ms. Note: Absolute current value = sqrt(Iq^2 + Id^2) The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). 1-47 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 48 Description: Displays the actual power unit output voltage (Motor Module). Dependency: Refer to: r0025 Note: The output voltage is available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072). 1-48 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 49 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the torque/force generating current setpoint. Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. 1-49 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 50 Displays the torque utilization as a percentage. The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque referred to the torque limit. Dependency: Refer to: r0033 1-50 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 51 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Description: Displays the setpoint for the DC link voltage. 1-51 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 52 = r0093 p0777[x] = 0 % p0778[x] = 0 V p0779[x] = 400 % p0780[x] = 4 V 1-52 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 53 Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e.g. rated motor power - p0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp]. Depending on the selection, the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz. 1-53 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 54 The numbers are automatically assigned once and can no longer be changed as long as the object has not been deleted. In the commissioning software, this object number cannot be entered using the expert list, but is automatically assigned when inserting an object. 1-54 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 55 [17] = Function module object 17 [18] = Function module object 18 [19] = Function module object 19 [20] = Function module object 20 [21] = Function module object 21 1-55 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 56 Free function blocks Activated Not activated Activated Not activated Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. 1-56 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 57 Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a power unit. Note: For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. 1-57 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 58 Factory setting Description: The motor data set is assigned to a motor using this parameter. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. 1-58 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 59 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: This parameter is used to assign the encoder data set to an encoder. 1-59 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 60 For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value. 1-60 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 61 This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a filter module. 1-61 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 62 Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 1. The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set. 1-62 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 63 Extended voltage range possible Gating unit available with current limitation control Component status possible Temperature evaluation via Motor Module / CU terminals possible Reduced device supply voltage possible 1-63 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 64 7: Detection via LED and fault (LED = red/orange). 8: Downloading firmware (LED = green/red at 0.5 Hz). 9: Firmware downloading completed, Waiting for POWER ON (LED = green/red at 2.0 Hz). 1-64 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 65 Displays the unique code number of the power unit. Note: r0200 = p0201: No power unit found For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. 1-65 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 66 MICROMASTER 430 100: SINAMICS S 101: SINAMICS S (value) 102: SINAMICS S (combi) 112: PM220 (SINAMICS G120) 113: PM230 (SINAMICS G120) 114: PM240 (SINAMICS G120) 1-66 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 67 [3] = S1 cont duty cyc [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp Refer to: p0100 1-67 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 68 AC/AC unit: The rms value of the phase-to-phase line supply voltage should be entered. DC/AC unit: The rated DC voltage of the connection busbar should be entered. 1-68 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 69 There is no external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules. The pre-charging monitoring is bypassed. Re bit 01 = 1: There is external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules. The pre-charging monitoring is calculated. 1-69 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 70 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. Note: The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine-wave filter.
  • Page 71 430 V. DC link voltages in the range 300 ... 430 V are permissible up to a duration of 1 min. For chassis power units, this parameter has no significance. 1-71 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 72 Reduce output current or output frequency No reduction, shutdown when overload threshold is reached Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse (not using I2t) Reduce the pulse frequency (not using I2t) 1-72 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 73 If the DC link voltage falls below this threshold, the Motor Module is shut down due to a DC link undervoltage condi- tion (F30003). Dependency: Refer to: p0278 Refer to: F30003 1-73 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 74 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 2 for p0301 = 2xxxx). Write pro- tection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 75 This also applies for parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 = 10000 or 10001 (read motor parameters) or to the corresponding non-Siemens motor (first digit of the motor code number) in order to be able to cancel the write protection.
  • Page 76 Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account. 1-76 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 77 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the rated motor frequency (rating plate). 1-77 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 78 For p0314 = 0, the pole pair number (r0313) is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated speed (p0311). Refer to: p0310, p0311, p0314 1-78 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 79 The parameter is used for the I2t monitoring of the motor (refer to p0611). This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). 1-79 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 80 If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). 1-80 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 81 - For p0325 = 0 and automatic calculation of the closed-loop control parameters (p0340 = 1, 2, 3). - for quick commissioning (p3900 = 1, 2, 3). 1-81 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 82 When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Infor- mation in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: For synchronous motors without reluctance torque, the value 0 must be set. 1-82 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 83 If p0320 was not entered, then the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters. Note: In the case of multi-motor operation r0331 is increased by the factor p0306 compared to p0320. 1-83 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 84 This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). For synchronous motors, parameter r0334 = p0316 is displayed. if p0316 = 0, r0334 is calculated from p0305 and p0312. 1-84 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 85 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Displays the rated EMF of the motor. Note: EMF: Electromagnetic force 1-85 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 86 --> p0342, p0344, p0600, p0640, p1082, p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003, p2005, p2007 p0340 = 2: --> p0350 (*), p0354 (*), p0356 (*), p0358 (*), p0360 (*) --> p0625 (matching p0350) 1-86 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 87 = 1 contains the calculations of p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5 without overwriting the motor parameters from the Sie- mens motor lists (p0301 > 0). p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360), but only if it does involve a Siemens catalog motor (p0301 = 0).
  • Page 88 Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled. The inverter pulses cannot be switched in (enabled) within this delay time. 1-88 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 89 Note: The motor identification routine determines the stator resistance from the total stator resistance minus the cable resistance (p0352). 1-89 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 90 The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). The reference value for p0326 is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353, p0354, p0356). 1-90 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 91 When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Infor- mation in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). 1-91 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 92 Displays the rated (nominal) rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the rated temperature (total of p0625 and p0628). Dependency: Refer to: p0628 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). 1-92 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 93 The value is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances (p0233*, p0353, p0356, p0358) divided by the total of all motor resistances (p0350, p0352, p0354). The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account. * only applies for VECTOR (r0107). 1-93 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 94 Note: For p0393 = 100 % or p1402.2 = 0, the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1715 is effective over the entire range. 1-94 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 95 2006: 192, 1 Vpp, A/B R 2007: 480, 1 Vpp, A/B R 2008: 800, 1 Vpp, A/B R 2010: 18000, 1 Vpp, A/B R distance-coded 1-95 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 96 - for p0400 = 9001 and p0184 > 0 the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p1155 = CO: r0061 - write protection for the parameters from the encoder parameter list is lifted - check the encoder parameters and make any necessary corrections 1-96 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 97 The track A/B is adjusted to match the magnetic position of the motor. 1-97 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 98 When the function is activated, track monitoring can be de-activated by setting p0437.26. Re bit 05: When the function is activated, a frequency setpoint and a direction for traveling can be entered via an encoder interface. 1-98 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 99 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position. Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit 1-99 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 100 Factory setting 1073741823 8192 Description: Sets the number of measuring steps per revolution for a rotary absolute encoder. The resolution refers to the abso- lute position. 1-100 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 101 Factory setting 0 [µs] 65535 [µs] 30 [µs] Description: Sets the minimum delay time between two data transfers of the absolute value for an SSI encoder. 1-101 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 102 - if bit = 1, continuous oversampling is switched on. Re bit 19 (Safety position actual value sensing): - if bit = 1, the Safety position actual value is transferred in the cyclic telegram. 1-102 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 103 The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B, the zero mark on track C/D. For p0404.6 = 1 (Hall sensor) the following applies: The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B and the zero mark. 1-103 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 104 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a low level. p0434 = 1113 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level. 1-104 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 105 Sets the extended configuration of the Sensor Module. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 1-105 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 106 F31151, F32151, or F33151 is output. Re bit 31: When monitoring is active, the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately. 1-106 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 107 (adjustment) for motor encoders and absolute calibration for direct measuring systems with absolute value data. The serial number, which from then onwards is used for monitoring purposes, can be transferred using p0440. 1-107 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 108 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 4 of the encoder for the commissioning. 1-108 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 109 (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: For example, error bit, alarm bit or parity bit can be positioned at these bits. 1-109 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 110 Sets the measuring time for evaluating zero speed. If no pulses are detected from track A/B during this time, a speed actual value of zero is output. Dependency: Refer to: r0452 1-110 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 111 Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Linear encoder Abs value encoder 1-111 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 112 Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Configuring without park state possible Extended functions available Extended encoder fault handling Extended singleturn/multiturn information available Valuation figures available Pole position identification Burst oversampling 1-112 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 113 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Support function p0426, p0439 Pulse/direction interface Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages 1-113 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 114 Displays the actual serial number part 3 of the appropriate encoder. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0463, r0464 1-114 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 115 An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters. 1-115 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 116 Displays the number of valid bits for the fine resolution of the redundant coarse position value. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p9324, p9524 1-116 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 117 Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. In contrast to r0482, the value is updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign. 1-117 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 118 SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions Note: Re bit 14: Displays the acknowledgement for "activate parking encoder" (Gn_STW.14 = 1) or encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) invalid. 1-118 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 119 4: Abort, reference mark search. 5: Abort, retrieve reference value. 6: Abort, flying measurement. 7: Abort, retrieve measured value. 8: Abort, absolute value transfer. 3841: Function not supported. 1-119 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 120 Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW should be taken from the corresponding product documentation. Note: The signal source for the encoder control word is set with p0480. 1-120 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 121 Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert the digital input signals to connect a measuring probe or an equivalent zero mark. 1-121 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 122 - the function is not supported on synchronous motors - For induction motors, DC braking is initiated on an encoder fault. DC braking must be commissioned (p1232, p1233, p1234). 1-122 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 123 - if a parameter change is rejected, a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580, p0680, p2517, or p2518. 1-123 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 124 An input can only be assigned to one encoder as measuring probe 1, 2 or equivalent zero mark. Exception: The same encoder can be simultaneously used as measuring probe and equivalent zero mark as both functions cannot be simultaneously requested. 1-124 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 125 Re p0496 = 12: 180 ° fine position <--> 32768 dec Re p0496 = 13 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec Re p0496 = 13 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec 1-125 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 126 The signal to be output is selected in p0496. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0496, r0497, r0499 1-126 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 127 - p1530/p1531= 2*pi*r0333*p0311 (rotary) or r0333*p0311 (linear) - p2000 = maximum motor speed (p0322) if p0322 is not equal to 0, otherwise rated motor speed (p0311) 1-127 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 128 103 = HIGH PERFORMANCE 104 = ADVANCED LIFETIME If the bearing type changes the bearing code number (p0531) is pre-assigned accordingly. Dependency: Refer to: p0301, p0531, p1082 1-128 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 129 Note: Defines the number of entries in p0571 that should be taken into account. This means that a value of 0 de-activates the complete list. 1-129 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 130 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Setting to inhibit the calculation of reference parameters (e.g. p2000) when automatically calculating the motor and closed-loop control parameters (p0340, p3900). 1-130 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 131 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting Description: Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller. 1-131 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 132 Sets the sensor to monitor the motor temperature. Value: No sensor Temperature sensor via encoder 1 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection Temperature sensor via Motor Module / CU terminals 1-132 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 133 For a value = -50 °C, the following applies: Motor temperature < nominal response temperature of the PTC. For a value = 250 °C, the following applies: Motor temperature >= nominal response temperature of the PTC. 1-133 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 134 As long as the motor temperature has still not exceeded the fault threshold and the alarm thresholds have again been undershot, the fault can be acknowledged. Dependency: Refer to: p0604, p0605 Refer to: F07011, A07910 1-134 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 135 Sets the configuration for the thermal motor model. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Activate I2t motor model Activate motor temperature model Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0611, p0615 1-135 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 136 The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035. If applicable, the rotor temperature for adapting the rotor resistance is calculated from the stator temperature (r0035) as follows: theta_R = (r0628 + r0625) / (r0627 + r0625) * r0035 1-136 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 137 When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (refer to p0300). 1-137 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 138 Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [°C] - [°C] - [°C] Description: Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperature model. 1-138 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 139 If the motor is operated both with encoder as well as without encoder (e.g. p0491 is not equal to 0 or p1404 < p1082) then the maximum current can be reduced in encoderless operation. This reduces disturbing saturation- related motor data changes in encoderless operation. 1-139 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 140 Note: For p0651 = 0, the operating hours counter is disabled. The operating hours counter only runs with motor data set 0 and 1 (MDS). 1-140 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 141 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the evaluation technique for the "central measuring probe evaluation" function. 1-141 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 142 Measuring time, rising edge measuring probe 5 r0686[5]: Measuring time, rising edge measuring probe 6 r0686[6]: Measuring time, rising edge measuring probe 7 r0686[7]: Measuring time, rising edge measuring probe 8 1-142 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 143 Sub-sampling, measuring probe 4 High Sub-sampling, measuring probe 5 High Sub-sampling, measuring probe 6 High Sub-sampling, measuring probe 7 High Sub-sampling, measuring probe 8 High 1-143 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 144 High DI/DO 11 (X132.4) High DI 16 (X130.1) High DI 17 (X130.2) High DI 18 (X130.4) High DI 19 (X130.5) High DI 20 (X131.1) High 1-144 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 145 Input 2030 DI/DO 9 (X132.2) Output Input 2030 DI/DO 10 (X132.3) Output Input 2031 DI/DO 11 (X132.4) Output Input 2031 Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output 1-145 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 146 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p0728.9 = 1). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output 1-146 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 147 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. 1-147 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 148 0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st-order low pass filter for the analog input. Note: AI: Analog Input 1-148 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 149 This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic. Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. 1-149 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 150 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Activates the absolute value generation of the analog input signal. Value: No absolute value generation Absolute value generation switched in 1-150 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 151 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the actual value of the signal to be output. 1-151 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 152 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Can only be set when p0776 = 99. Refer to: p0778, p0779, p0780, r0786 Note: The value 0.00 % corresponds to 2.49 V. 1-152 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 153 Index: [0] = T0 [1] = T1 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Can only be set when p0776 = 99. Refer to: p0777, p0778, p0779, r0786 1-153 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 154 = 1500.0 and the measuring signal is r0063 (CO: Actual speed smoothed [rpm]). A change of 1 V at the output of test socket T0 corresponds to 1500.0 [rpm]. 1-154 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 155 Displays the actual value of a signal determined via a physical address. Index: [0] = T0 [1] = T1 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Only effective when p0776 = 97 or p0776 = 96. Refer to: p0788 1-155 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 156 High DI/DO 8 (X132.1) High DI/DO 9 (X132.2) High DI/DO 10 (X132.3) High DI/DO 11 (X132.4) High DI 16 (X130.1) High DI 17 (X130.2) High 1-156 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 157 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 1000.00 [µs] 5000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling time for the inputs and outputs of the Control Unit. 1-157 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 158 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 1100 Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory. 1-158 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 159 = 12 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card) --> The files that are relevant for the communication configuration are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/CFG directory. Value: Inactive...
  • Page 160 The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809. 1-160 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 161 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the bit number for every motor data set. 1-161 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 162 High Motor selection, bit 12 High Motor selection, bit 13 High Motor selection, bit 14 High Motor selection, bit 15 High Dependency: Refer to: p0827 1-162 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 163 Opened Feedback signal contactor 1 Closed Opened Feedback signal contactor 2 Closed Opened Feedback signal contactor 3 Closed Opened Feedback signal contactor 4 Closed Opened 1-163 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 164 This parameter is only supplied with up-to-date values if data set changeover has been selected or is running. Re bit 00: The signal is only influenced when a motor changeover is set via p0827 (unequal bit numbers). 1-164 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 165 Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DDS select. bit 0 DDS select. bit 1 Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820 1-165 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 166 Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again. The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. 1-166 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 167 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)". 1-167 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 168 - OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit) BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal - No OFF3 (enable is possible) 1-168 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 169 If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999). 1-169 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 170 If an excessively low value is entered into p0857, then after enable, this results in the corresponding fault. 1-170 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 171 Dependency: Refer to: p0860, r0863 Refer to: F07300 Note: The monitoring function is disabled for the factory setting of p0860. 1-171 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 172 Bit 1 is used to control an external line contactor. Re bit 02: This bit only signals line supply failure for Active Infeed (A_INF) and Smart Infeed (S_INF). 1-172 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 173 BI: p0897 = 0 signal The function "parking axis" is not selected. BI: p0897 = 1 signal The function "parking axis" is selected. Refer to: r0896 1-173 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 174 Factory setting Description: Displays the status word from drive object 1 (Control Unit). Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal reserved Fault present Alarm present 1-174 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 175 --> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM". --> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-175 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 176 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the send and receive telegram. Value: Standard telegram 7, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 9, PZD-10/5 110: SIEMENS telegram 110, PZD-12/7 1-176 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 177 The sign-of-life signal is normally received in PZD4 (control word 2) from the master. Dependency: Refer to: p2045, r2065 Refer to: F01912 Note: The sign-of-life monitoring is disabled for p0925 = 65535. 1-177 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 178 --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1 . . . r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63], r3115[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8 1-178 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 179 The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945. 1-179 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 180 = 1705 --> 17th of May r0964[5] = 2 --> 2 drive objects r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00) 1-180 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 181 Parameter List of parameters Device type: r0964[1] = 5400 --> SINAMICS S110 CU305 DP r0964[1] = 5401 --> SINAMICS S110 CU305 PN r0964[1] = 5402 --> SINAMICS S110 CU305 CAN r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number CU_S110-DP, Can be changed: -...
  • Page 182 The memory card/device memory of the Control Unit must not be accessed. Note: If value = 1: Reset is immediately executed and communications interrupted. After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below). 1-182 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 183 = 2 --> drive object number = 2 r0975[8] = 0 (reserved) r0975[9] = 0 (reserved) r0975[10] = 600 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V01.02.06.00) 1-183 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 184 Save in non-volatile memory as setting 24 (reserved) Save in non-volatile memory as setting 25 (reserved) Save in non-volatile memory as setting 26 (reserved) Save in non-volatile memory time-optimized (reserved) 1-184 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 185 [28] = Reserved [29] = Reserved [30] = Reserved Note: Information about the individual indices can be taken from the following literature: PROFIdrive Profile Drive Technology 1-185 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 186 The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). 1-186 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 187 Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-187 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 188 Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-188 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 189 Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-189 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 190 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). 1-190 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 191 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). 1-191 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 192 The higher the maximum acceleration (the lower that p1047 is), the longer the ramp-up time increases with respect to the set ramp-up time. 1-192 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 193 Sets the maximum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer. Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value. 1-193 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 194 Dependency: Refer to: p1030, p1035, p1036, p1042 Note: The effectiveness of the internal ramp-function generator can be set in automatic mode. 1-194 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 195 SERVO_S110-PN (Extended set) Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator. 1-195 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 196 For "With ramp-function generator", after an OFF1, OFF2, OFF3 or for a 0 signal via BI: p0852 (inhibit operation, cancel pulses) the ramp-function generator output (r1050) is set to the starting value (configuration via p1030.0). 1-196 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 197 The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056. Only the signal source that was used to power up can also be used to power down again. 1-197 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 198 Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator Dependency: Refer to: p1071, r1073, r1078 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. 1-198 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 199 (Extended set) Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective supplementary setpoint. The value shown is the additional setpoint after scaling. 1-199 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 200 (p0322). If p0322 = 0, the rated motor speed (p0311) is used as default (pre-assignment) value. For induction motors that are not catalog motors (p0301 = 0), the synchronous no-load speed is used as default (pre-assignment) value (p0310 * 60 / r0313). 1-200 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 201 Sets the speed limit for the negative direction. Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-201 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 202 Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1093, p1094, p1101 Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. 1-202 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 203 For a setpoint speed coming from above, the following applies: r1170 > 620 [rpm] and 580 [rpm] <= r1114 <= 620 [rpm] --> r1119 = 620 [rpm] 1-203 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 204 Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: r1198 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. 1-204 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 205 The ramp-function generator ramps-up the speed setpoint from standstill (setpoint = 0) up to the maximum speed (p1082) in this time. Dependency: Refer to: p1082 1-205 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 206 Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down. Note: Rounding-off times avoid an abrupt response and prevent damage to the mechanical system. 1-206 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 207 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Extended set) Factory setting 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator. 1-207 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 208 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 (STW1.6). 1-208 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 209 Unit selection: - (Extended set), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Extended set) Factory setting 50.0 Description: Sets the ramp-function generator tracking. 1-209 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 210 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Extended set) Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the setpoint at the output of the ramp-function generator. 1-210 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 211 Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1155, r1170 1-211 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 212 - isochronous PROFIBUS operation with a sign-of-life received from the master (STW2.12 ... STW2.15). - speed setpoint 1 and/or 2 is supplied from the technology controller (CI: p1155 = r2294, CI: p1160 = r2294). 1-212 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 213 Value 1 corresponds to encoder 1 (motor encoder); the encoder data set is assigned via p0187. Value 2 corresponds to encoder 2; the encoder data set is assigned via p0188. 1-213 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 214 3010 Inhibit negative direction 3040 Inhibit positive direction 3040 Setpoint inversion 3040 Motorized potentiometer raise 3020 Motorized potentiometer lower 3020 Bypass ramp-function generator 3060, 3070 1-214 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 215 With the following interconnection, in the mode p1210 = 4, the automatic restart can respond to line supply failure of the infeed: BI: p1208[1] = r0863.2 Index: [0] = Infeed fault [1] = Infeed line supply failure Dependency: Refer to: r0863, r2139 1-215 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 216 Refer to: p1210, r1214 Refer to: F07320 Caution: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.0) and "wait for alarm" (r1214.1). 1-216 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 217 Notice: After fault F07320 occurs, the power-on command must be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the automatic restart function is re-activated. 1-217 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 218 A change is only made into the next state if it is signaled that a fault is no longer present after an acknowledgement command (bit 3 = 1). Re bit 05: State in which the drive is automatically powered up (only for p1210 = 4, 6). 1-218 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 219 Sets the time to open the motor holding brake. After controlling the holding brake (opens), the speed/velocity setpoint remains at zero for this time. After this, the speed/velocity setpoint is enabled. 1-219 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 220 [1]: Signal, immediately close brake, inversion via p1275.1 [2]: Signal, immediately close brake [3]: Signal, immediately close brake - refer to the factory setting These four signals form an OR logic operation. 1-220 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 221 Sets the signal source for the feedback signal "brake open". For motor holding brakes with feedback signal, the signal "brake open" can be activated using p1275.5 = 1. Dependency: Refer to: p1222, p1275 1-221 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 222 For reasons relating to the compatibility to earlier firmware versions, a parameter value of zero in indices 1 to 31 is overwritten with the parameter value in index 0 when the Control Unit boots. 1-222 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 223 - the speed actual value falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1228 has expired. - the speed setpoint falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1227 has expired. 1-223 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 224 Refer to: p0300, p1230, p1232, p1233, p1234, p1235, p1236, p1237, r1238, r1239, p1345, p1346 Danger: Re p1231 = 1, 2: - only short-circuit-proof motors may be used, or suitable resistors must be used to short-circuit the motor 1-224 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 225 The value for p1232 is specified as an rms value in the 3-phase system. The magnitude of the braking current is the same as that of an identical output current at frequency zero (see r0067, r0068, p0640). The braking current is internally limited to r0067. 1-225 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 226 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 200 [ms] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the contactor feedback signal for the external armature short-circuit configuration. 1-226 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 227 - if a contactor feedback signal is connected, then a transition is made into state 3 if the feedback signal at BI: p1235 goes to "1" (closed) within the monitoring time (p1236). - otherwise, a transition is made into state 4. 1-227 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 228 The Control Unit issues the command to the Motor Module to short-circuit the motor through the power semicon- ductors. a) Internal voltage protection (p1231 = 3) was selected and the Motor Module supports the autonomous internal voltage protection (r0192.10 = 1). 1-228 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 229 - the Vdc_max controller limits the regenerative energy in order that the DC link voltage is kept below the maximum DC link voltage when braking. - when other drives regenerate into the DC link, then the Vdc_max controller causes the motor to accelerate. 1-229 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 230 For p0204.0 = 1, the following applies: "Parameterized DC link voltage" = p0210 For p0204.0 = 0, the following applies: "Parameterized DC link voltage" = p0210 * 1.4142 1-230 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 231 0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the signal "braking threshold exceeded" (BO: r1229.6). Dependency: Refer to: p1220, p1221, r1229 1-231 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 232 Refer to: p0108, r0108, p0300, p0311, p0400, p1501 Notice: General conditions for encoderless operation can be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions 1-232 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 233 The U/f control is activated via p1317 = 1. Refer to: p1317, p1326, p1327 Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1319 and p1326/p1327. 1-233 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 234 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 1.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 20.00 [ms] Description: Sets the filter time constant for resonance damping for U/f control. 1-234 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 235 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1010 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop speed control. 1-235 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 236 When the bit is set, the encoder is parked as soon as the actual speed is greater than the changeover speed (p1404). The encoder state is indicated in r0481.14. 1-236 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 237 2522 Speed controller I component frozen Speed controller I component set Torque limit reached 5610 Upper torque limit active 5610 Lower torque limit active 5610 1-237 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 238 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the type for speed setpoint filter 1. 1-238 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 239 This parameter is only effective if the speed filter is set as a general filter. The filter is only effective if the natural frequency is less than half of the sampling frequency. 1-239 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 240 The pre-control signal via connector input p1430 only becomes effective at p1402.4 = 1 (torque-speed pre-control with encoder) at p1400.10 = 0 (for setp_filter 2). 1-240 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 241 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0.00 2.00 0.00 Description: Sets the "fractional" dead time for the reference model of the speed controller. 1-241 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 242 Displays the speed setpoint for the I component of the speed controller (output of the reference model after the set- point limiting). Dependency: Refer to: r1438 Note: In the standard state (the reference model is de-activated), r1438 = r1439. 1-242 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 243 When the reference model is inactive (p1433 = 0 Hz), this parameter corresponds to the system deviation of the complete PI controller (r1454 = r0064). 1-243 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 244 Sets the adaptation factor before the adaptation range (0 % ... p1456) to additionally adapt the P gain of the speed/velocity controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1455, p1456, p1457, p1459 1-244 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 245 This value corresponds to the basic setting of the integral time of the speed controller without adaptation (p1461 = 100 %). Dependency: Refer to: p1463, p1464, p1465 1-245 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 246 Sets the signal source for the scaling of the P gain of the speed controller. This also makes the effective P gain (including adaptations) scalable. 1-246 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 247 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the speed controller. 1-247 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 248 Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the torque setpoint at the output of the P speed controller. 1-248 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 249 (stick-slip effect) or overshoot when traversing (moving) in micrometer steps. Also prevents tension/stressing for axes that are mechanically and rigidly coupled with one another (e.g. for syn- chronous spindles, master - slave axes). 1-249 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 250 Sets the signal source to freeze the estimated moment of inertia. 0 signal: Moment of inertia estimator active 1 signal: Determined moment of inertia frozen. Dependency: Refer to: p1300 1-250 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 251 - [Nm] Description: Displays the total supplementary torque. The displayed value is the total of supplementary torque values 1 and 2 (p1511, p1512, p1513, p1514). 1-251 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 252 Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Factory setting -20000000.00 [Nm] 1000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the fixed lower torque limit or the torque limit when regenerating. 1-252 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 253 = 1: motoring / regenerating Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-253 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 254 Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper or motoring torque limit in p1522. Dependency: p1400.4 = 0: upper/lower p1400.4 = 1: motoring / regenerating 1-254 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 255 Factory setting -100000.00 [Nm] 100000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the torque offset for the torque limit. Dependency: Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523, p1528, p1529 1-255 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 256 The torque limit p1520 can be re-calculated using p0340 = 1, 3 or 5. 1-256 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 257 Refer to: p1528, p1529, p1542, r1543, p1545 Note: 4000 hex (16384 dec) in the MOMRED control word corresponds to a reduction by the percentage specified in this parameter. 1-257 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 258 For a positive edge, the actual torque (r0079[0]) at this instant in time is used instead of the torque offset from p1532 as long as p1550 remains at 1. 1-258 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 259 The signal input is preferably used to enter the friction characteristic. The friction compensation is also effective if the speed controller output reaches its torque limits, but the current limits have still not been reached (this only applies to vector drives). 1-259 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 260 In order to avoid oscillations, if required, the speed controller parameters should be adapted (decrease Kp (p1460, p1470), increase Tn (p1462, p1472)). When used without an encoder, flux reduction is not possible for induction motors with closed rotor slots. 1-260 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 261 The value is effective at speeds less than p1755 and represents a reserve for a possibly existing load torque or torque error in the moment of inertia. 1-261 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 262 The denominator damping can be determined from the equation for the 3 dB bandwidth: f_3dB bandwidth = 2 * D_denominator * f_bandstop frequency 1-262 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 263 Sets the current setpoint filter 2 as low pass (PT2) or as extended general 2nd-order filter. Value: Low pass: PT2 General 2nd-order filter Dependency: Current setpoint filter 2 is activated via p1656.1 and parameterized via p1662 ... p1666. 1-263 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 264 Description: Sets the numerator damping for current setpoint filter 2. Dependency: Current setpoint filter 2 is activated via p1656.1 and parameterized via p1662 ... p1666. 1-264 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 265 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms] Description: Sets the integral-action time of the current controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1715 1-265 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 266 Sets the speed to change over the motor model to encoderless operation. Dependency: Refer to: p1756 Note: The changeover speed applies for the changeover between open-loop and closed-loop control mode. 1-266 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 267 The maximum possible pulse frequency is also determined by the power unit being used. When the pulse frequency is increased, depending on the particular power unit, the maximum output current can be reduced (derating, refer to r0067). 1-267 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 268 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. 1-268 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 269 - the voltage emulation errors should be identified with the Motor Module in the warm state. - the motor temperature (r0035) should not change significantly (i.e. it should not be identified immediately after a load duty cycle). 1-269 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 270 - [ms] Description: Displays the identified rotor time constant. Dependency: Refer to: p1909, p1910, r1912, r1915, r1925, r1927, r1932, r1933, r1934, r1935, r1936, r1950, r1951 1-270 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 271 Description: Displays the identification current of the d inductance. Dependency: Refer to: p1909, p1910, r1912, r1913, r1915, r1925, r1927, r1932, r1934, r1935, r1936, r1950, r1951 1-271 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 272 100% rated current. - the torque characteristic (r1937[1...10]) is identified in the range between the rated current (p0305) and the maxi- mum current (p0640) (r1935[11...20]). 1-272 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 273 - [Vrms] Description: Displays the identified voltage constant. Dependency: Refer to: r1937, r1939, p1959, p1960, r1969 Note: This value corresponds to the voltage constant (p0317). 1-273 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 274 Factory setting - [A] - [A] - [A] Description: The identified characteristic of the voltage emulation error is displayed r1950[0...19] and r1951[0...19]. Dependency: Refer to: r1950 1-274 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 275 During steps p1959.2 (identifying the moment of inertia) and p1959.6 (identifying the torque constant) the Vdc_min controller is disabled (p1240). 1-275 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 276 When the rotating measurement is activated (p1960 = 1), it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971, p0977). 1-276 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 277 Rotating motors: No significance. Linear motors: Identified grid division in nm. Index: [0] = Rotating motor encoder pulse number [1] = Linear motor, grid division in nm 1-277 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 278 Refer to: p0325, p0329, p1980, p1982, p1983, r1984, r1985, r1986, r1987, p1990, r1992, p1993, p1994, p1995, p1996, p1997 Refer to: F07995 Notice: Value = 180 °: Monitoring is de-activated. Note: PolID: Pole position identification 1-278 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 279 When the pole position identification routine is executed several times using p1983, the spread of the measured values can be determined using this value. At the same position, the spread should be less than 2 degrees electri- cal. 1-279 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 280 - the value -100% marks the angle at the start of the measurement. - the value +100 % marks the commutation angle determined from the pole position identification routine. 1-280 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 281 If the angular correction is not correctly set, when changing over and with closed-loop torque control, the motor can accelerate to high speeds in spite of the fact that a setpoint of zero has been entered. 1-281 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 282 Sets the rise time of the current when executing the motion-based pole position identification. Dependency: Refer to: p1980, p1981, p1982, p1983, r1984, r1985, r1986, r1987, p1990, r1992, p1993, p1995, p1996, p1997 Note: PolID mot: Motion-based pole position identification 1-282 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 283 = 1. If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quanti- ties are used as internal conversion factor. 1-283 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 284 For infeed units, the rated line current, which is obtained from the rated power and parameterized rated line supply voltage (p2002 = r0206 / p0210 / 1.73) is pre-assigned as the reference quantity. 1-284 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 285 All angles specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity in this parameter corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex. 1-285 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 286 The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel (IOP). Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 1-286 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 287 1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit. --> p2021 displays the address setting. --> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-287 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 288 [4] = Number of parity errors [5] = Number of starting character errors [6] = Number of checksum errors [7] = Number of length errors 1-288 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 289 The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control words/setpoints can be trans- ferred from another automation device. Note: OC: Operating condition 1-289 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 290 For p0922 (p2079) = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed. This means that for these telegrams, the "SIMODRIVE 611 universal" interface mode is set and cannot be changed. 1-290 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 291 Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Setpoint failure Clock cycle synchronous operation active Fieldbus oper Dependency: Refer to: p2044 1-291 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 292 4.00 [ms] Description: Sets the sampling time for the process data communication (PZD). Note: For clock cycle synchronous operation, the specified bus cycle time applies (Tdp). 1-292 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 293 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 Dependency: Refer to: r2060 1-293 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 294 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 1-294 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 295 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 1-295 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 296 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 1-296 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 297 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the setting of the PROFIBUS address switch "DP ADDRESS" on the Control Unit. Dependency: Refer to: p0918 1-297 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 298 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11] = PZD 12 + 13 [12] = PZD 13 + 14 [13] = PZD 14 + 15 [14] = PZD 15 + 16 1-298 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 299 [26] = PZD 27 + 28 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 1-299 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 300 Displays how often the sign-of-life from the clock synchronous PROFIdrive controller has failed. An appropriate fault is output when the tolerance, specified in p0925, is exceeded. Dependency: Refer to: F01912 1-300 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 301 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range: 0 - 125: Bus address of the sender 65535: not assigned 1-301 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 302 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: not assigned 1-302 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 303 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 1-303 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 304 SIEMENS telegram 391, PZD-3/7 392: SIEMENS telegram 392, PZD-3/15 393: SIEMENS telegram 393, PZD-4/21 394: SIEMENS telegram 394, PZD-3/3 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO 1-304 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 305 Standard telegram 7, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 9, PZD-10/5 110: SIEMENS telegram 110, PZD-12/7 111: SIEMENS telegram 111, PZD-12/12 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922 1-305 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 306 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. 1-306 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 307 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. 1-307 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 308 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 1-308 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 309 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 1-309 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 310 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 1-310 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 311 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 1-311 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 312 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2099 1-312 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 313 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 65535 Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed 1-313 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 314 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to acknowledge all faults at all drive objects of the drive system. 1-314 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 315 An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects. 1-315 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 316 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: This parameter is identical to r2122. 1-316 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 317 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2. Dependency: Refer to: A07851 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. 1-317 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 318 F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345. In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically removed. 1-318 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 319 The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122. 1-319 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 320 Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault. Value: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT 1-320 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 321 CO: r2129 = 0 --> None of the selected messages has occurred. CO: r2129 > 0 --> At least one of the selected messages has occurred. 1-321 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 322 Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2136, r3115 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). 1-322 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 323 1 signal 0 signal Acknowledge fault External alarm 1 (A07850) effective External alarm 2 (A07851) effective External alarm 3 (A07852) effective External fault 1 (F07860) effective 1-323 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 324 5.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the signal "f or n comparison value reached or exceeded" (BO: r2199.1). Dependency: Refer to: p2142, r2199 1-324 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 325 Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). 1-325 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 326 When the bit is set, load monitoring is only carried out in the 1st quadrant as a result of the positive characteristic parameters (p2182 ... p2190). Re bit 03: When the bit is set, r2197 bit 1 and bit 2 are determined via separate hystereses. 1-326 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 327 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2. 1-327 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 328 For p0322 = 0, the following applies: p2162 <= 0.1 * p0311 For p0322 > 0, the following applies: p2162 <= 1.02 * p0322 - p1082 1-328 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 329 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 200.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-on delay for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_on" signal/message (BO: r2199.4). 1-329 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 330 (Ext msg), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Ext msg) Factory setting Description: Sets the response when evaluating the load monitoring. 1-330 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 331 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Ext msg) Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1500.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. 1-331 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 332 The following applies: p2187 > p2188 Refer to: p2183, p2188 Refer to: A07926 Note: The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185, p2187 and p2189. 1-332 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 333 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Ext msg) Factory setting 0.00 [s] 65.00 [s] 10.00 [s] Description: Sets the delay time to evaluate the load monitoring. 1-333 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 334 Speed setp - act val deviation in tolerance 8011 t_off |n_act| > n_max error Note: Re bit 01, 02: The threshold value is set in p2155 and the hysteresis in p2140. 1-334 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 335 The comparison value is set in p2141. We recommend setting the hysteresis (p2142) for canceling the bit to a value lower than that in p2141. Otherwise, the bit will never be reset. Re bit 11: The torque threshold value 2 is set in p2194. 1-335 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 336 Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-336 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 337 Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-337 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 338 Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-338 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 339 Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. 1-339 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 340 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to select the fixed value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2223 1-340 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 341 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed setpoint of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2224 1-341 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 342 Displays the setpoint memory for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. For p2230.0 = 1, the last setpoint that was saved is entered after ON. Dependency: Refer to: p2230 1-342 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 343 Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2237 1-343 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 344 1000.0 [s] 10.0 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2247 1-344 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 345 Re bit 03 = 0: The actual values are not limited by p2267 and p2268. Re bit 03 = 1: The actual values are limited by p2267 and p2268. 1-345 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 346 (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting 0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2254 1-346 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 347 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting 0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller. 1-347 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 348 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value after the filter (PT1) of the technology controller 1-348 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 349 Factory setting Description: Setting to use an arithmetic function for the actual value signal of the technology controller. Value: No function Root function (root from x) 1-349 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 350 - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the error (system deviation) between the setpoint and actual value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2263 1-350 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 351 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller. 1-351 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 352 Sets the ramping time for the output signal of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2291, p2292 Note: The time refers to the set maximum and minimum limits (p2291, p2292). 1-352 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 353 Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Tech_ctrl) Factory setting 2292[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limiting of the technology controller. 1-353 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 354 Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Technology controller de-activated Technology controller limited Technology controller, motorized potentiom- eter limited max. Technology controller, motorized potentiom- eter limited min. 1-354 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 355 Gearbox factor = motor revolutions (p2504) / load revolutions (p2505) Dependency: Refer to: p0432, p0433, p2505 Note: The gearbox factor between the encoder shaft and the motor shaft is set using p0432 and p0433. 1-355 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 356 Error occurred while adjusting Absolute encoder not adjusted Absolute encoder not adjusted and encoder adjustment initiated Absolute encoder adjusted Dependency: Refer to: p2525, p2598, p2599 1-356 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 357 [1] = Encoder 1 [2] = Encoder 2 [3] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0488, p0489, p0490, p2502, p2508, p2510, p2511, p2517, p2518 Refer to: A07495 1-357 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 358 0 signal = rising edge of the measuring probe (p2510) is activated for BI: p2509 = 0/1 edge. Index: [0] = Closed-loop position control [1] = Encoder 1 [2] = Encoder 2 [3] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p2502, p2509, p2510 1-358 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 359 [0] = Closed-loop position control [1] = Encoder 1 [2] = Encoder 2 [3] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p2502, p2515 Refer to: A07495, A07497 1-359 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 360 Sets the input terminal for direct measuring probe 1. The direct measuring probe can either be parameterized as a non-cyclic (value 1 ... 8) or a cyclic (value 11 ... 18) measuring probe. 1-360 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 361 DI/DO 11 cyclic DI/DO 8 cyclic Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0490, p0728, p2509, p2510, p2511 1-361 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 362 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 Flying measurement mode/search for refer- Flying measurement Reference marks ence mark Request absolute value cyclic 1-362 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 363 Description: Displays the value determined by the function "reference mark search" and "measuring probe evaluation". Index: [0] = Closed-loop position control [1] = Encoder 1 1-363 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 364 Fixed stop outside window 3617, 4025 Position controller output limited 4015 Request tracking mode Clamping active when traveling to fixed stop Yes 4025 Setting value for adjustment valid 1-364 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 365 Refer to: r2665 Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1) is activated, the following BICO interconnection is estab- lished: BI: p2530 = r2665 1-365 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 366 When the axis control loop is optimally set as well as a precisely determined equivalent time constant of the speed control loop, the pre-control factor is 100%. 1-366 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 367 1.000 [1000/min] Description: Sets the proportional gain (P gain, position loop gain, Kv factor) of the position controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2537, p2539, p2555, r2557, r2558 1-367 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 368 Value = 0 --> The standstill monitoring is de-activated. 1-368 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 369 Refer to: F07451 Note: The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning monitoring time: Standstill monitoring time (p2543) <= positioning monitoring time (p2545) 1-369 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 370 Position actual value <= cam switching position 2 --> r2683.9 = 1 signal Position actual value > cam switching position 2 --> r2683.9 = 0 signal 1-370 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 371 Refer to: p2554, r2683 Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1) is activated, the following BICO interconnection is estab- lished: BI: p2551 = r2683.2 1-371 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 372 Refer to: p2551, r2684 Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1) is activated, the following BICO interconnection is estab- lished: BI: p2554 = r2684.15 1-372 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 373 (Pos ctrl) Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the I component at the output of the position controller for the speed setpoint. 1-373 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 374 The dynamic following error (r2563) is the deviation between the measured position actual value and a value that is calculated from the position setpoint via a PT1 model. This compensates the system-related velocity-dependent system deviation for a P controller. 1-374 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 375 (Pos ctrl) Factory setting 0.000000 [kgm²] 100000.000000 [kgm²] 0.159155 [kgm²] Description: Sets the moment of inertia for the torque pre-control. Dependency: Refer to: p2534, r2564 1-375 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 376 For a 0/1 signal and valid travel direction, when the stop cam is exited, this is detected and the status signal r2684.13 is set to 0 and the alarm is deleted. 1-376 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 377 The maximum velocity for the basic positioner should be aligned with the maximum speed/velocity of the speed/velocity controller: Rotary encoders: p2571[1000 LU/min] = min(|r1084|, |r1087|)[rpm] x p2505/p2504 x p2506/1000 Linear encoders: p2571[1000 LU/min] = min(|r1084|, |r1087|)[m/min] x p2503/10[m] 1-377 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 378 The jerk time is internally limited to 1000 ms and is rounded-off to an integer multiple of the sampling time position- ing (p0115[5]). The jerk time is valid for the acceleration and deceleration phases also for unequal maximum acceleration (p2572) and maximum deceleration (p2573). 1-378 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 379 The current position setpoint in the modulo range is corrected. The position actual value differs from the position setpoint by the following error and can also leave the modulo range. De-selecting modulo correction: It is based on the current position actual value. 1-379 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 380 Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (EPOS) Factory setting -2147482648 [LU] 2147482647 [LU] 2147482647 [LU] Description: Sets the software limit switch in the positive direction of travel. 1-380 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 381 When again setting the reference point (a referenced axis) or for "flying referencing", p2604 is not relevant but instead the history of the axis. Refer to: p2604, r2667 1-381 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 382 Incremental jog 2 is started with BI: p2591 = 1 signal and BI: p2590 = 0/1 signal. With BI: p2590 = 0 signal, incremental jogging is interrupted. 1-382 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 383 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (EPOS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for jogging incremental. Dependency: Refer to: p2585, p2586, p2587, p2588, p2589, p2590 1-383 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 384 With the start, where relevant, the state signal "reference point set" (r2684.11) is reset. Flying referencing (BI: p2597 = 1 signal): With the start, the state signal "reference point set" (r2684.11) is not reset. 1-384 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 385 This value is used as reference for the following referencing operations: - search for reference - set reference point - flying referencing - absolute value adjustment 1-385 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 386 If the difference between the reference point coordinate and detected actual position is greater than the inner win- dow and less than the outer window (p2602), then a correction is executed for a referenced axis. 1-386 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 387 Sets the signal sources for the start direction of the search for reference. 1 signal: Start in the negative direction. 0 signal: Start in the positive direction. Dependency: Refer to: p2583, p2595, p2597 1-387 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 388 300 [1000 LU/min] Description: Sets the approach velocity after detecting the reference cam to search for the zero mark for the the search for refer- ence. 1-388 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 389 Sets the approach velocity after detecting the zero mark to approach the reference point. Dependency: Refer to: p2595, p2597, p2604, p2607, p2609, p2610 Note: When traversing to the reference point, the velocity override is not effective. 1-389 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 390 Factory setting Description: Sets the maximum number of traversing blocks that are available. Dependency: Refer to: p2616, p2617, p2618, p2619, p2620, p2621, p2622, p2623, p2624 1-390 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 391 The override refers to the maximum acceleration (p2572). Dependency: The number of indices depends on p2615. Refer to: p2572, p2615, p2616, p2617, p2618, p2620, p2621, p2622, p2623, p2624 1-391 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 392 FIXED STOP: Clamping torque and clamping force (rotary 0...65536 [0.01 Nm], linear 0...65536 [N]) WAIT: Delay time [ms] GOTO: Block number SET_O: 1, 2 or 3 - set direct output 1, 2 or 3 (both) 1-392 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 393 Refer to: p2615, p2616, p2617, p2618, p2619, p2620, p2621, p2622, p2623 Note: After sorting, the traversing blocks are written at the beginning of the memory in increasing sequence without any gaps. 1-393 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 394 Binector inputs p2625, p2626, p2627, p2628, p2629 and p2630 are used to select one of the maximum of 64 tra- versing blocks. Refer to: p2625, p2626, p2627, p2629, p2630 1-394 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 395 The status signal r2684.12 = 0/1 signal is used for acknowledgement. A traversing task can be influenced using the following signals: - intermediate stop via BI: p2640. - reject traversing task via BI: p2641. 1-395 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 396 Refer to: r2526, p2621, r2675 Note: The state "fixed stop reached" is detected if the following error exceeds the theoretically calculated following error value by p2634. 1-396 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 397 The identification of "fixed stop outside the monitoring window" is, for the factory setting, dependent on signal BO: r2526.5 (fixed stop outside window). This signal is influenced via p2635 (EPOS fixed stop monitoring window). 1-397 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 398 BI: p2641 = 1 signal Do not reject traversing task. BI: p2641 = 0 signal Reject traversing task. Dependency: Refer to: p2631, p2640, p2647, p2649 1-398 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 399 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: Depending on p2649, the acceleration override is either transferred continuously or edge-triggered. The signal value 4000 hex (16384 dec) corresponds to 100 %. 1-399 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 400 In this mode, using BI: p2653 it is possible to make a flying changeover between setting-up and positioning. In this mode, even if the axis is not referenced (r2684.11 = 0) relative positioning is possible. 1-400 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 401 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to accept the values for edge-triggered selection (BI: p2649 = 0 signal) in the operating mode "direct setpoint input/MDI". 1-401 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 402 BI: p2651 / BI: p2652 0 signal / 0 signal: Absolute positioning through the shortest distance. 1 signal / 0 signal: Absolute positioning in the positive direction. 1-402 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 403 Signal via CI: p2654 = xx2x hex -> abs_pos (only for modulo correction) Signal via CI: p2654 = xx3x hex -> abs_neg (only for modulo correction) Dependency: Refer to: p2648, p2651, p2652 1-403 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 404 Sets the signal source for the position actual value/position setting value. Dependency: Refer to: r2521, p2658 Note: In the tracking mode, the position setpoint is taken from this connector input. 1-404 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 405 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 (EPOS) Factory setting 2526.2 Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal "measured value valid". 1-405 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 406 - [LU] Description: Displays the current absolute position setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p2530 Note: As standard, the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p2530 = r2665 1-406 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 407 Unit selection: - SERVO_S110-PN Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 (EPOS) Factory setting Description: Displays the status word for the active traversing block. 1-407 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 408 - [%] Description: Displays the acceleration override presently being processed. Note: An override of 100% is effective in the "jogging" and "search for reference" operating modes. 1-408 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 409 SET_O: 1, 2, 3 --> direct output 1, 2 or 3 (both) is set RESET_O: 1, 2, 3 --> direct output 1, 2 or 3 (both) is set JERK: 0 --> de-activate, 1 --> activate 1-409 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 410 Displays the currently effective velocity override. Dependency: Refer to: p2571, p2646 Note: The effective override can differ from the specified override due to limits (e.g. p2571, maximum velocity). 1-410 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 411 Re bit 02, 04, 05, 06, 07: This signals designate the state after jerk limiting. Re bit 08, 09: These signals are generated in the "closed-loop position control" function module. 1-411 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 412 Refer to: r2684 Note: As standard, the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p2513 = r2685 Using this value, e.g. modulo corrections are carried out. 1-412 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 413 Description: Sets a fixed setpoint for the velocity. Dependency: Refer to: p2643 Note: As standard, the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p2643 = r2691 1-413 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 414 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for voltages p2001. 1-414 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 415 The unit of this parameter is the same as the unit selected for p2004. Dependency: This value is calculated as voltage x current for the infeed and as torque x speed for closed-loop controls. Refer to: r2004 1-415 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 416 This parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2007 as a connector output for interconnec- tion with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value in the currently selected unit can be adopted unchanged from this connector output in DCC. 1-416 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 417 Difference outside the tolerance window --> An appropriate message is output. Dependency: Refer to: F07449 Caution: Rotation, e.g. through a complete encoder range is not detected. 1-417 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 418 When the pulse/direction interface is activated in position control (p0184 > 0 and p0400 = 9000) the following BICO interconnections are established: BI:p2730[0] = r0722.2 and BI: p2730[p0184] = r0722.2 1-418 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 419 Description: Displays the result of the OR logic operation. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal OR logic operation result Dependency: Refer to: p2816 1-419 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 420 [13] = Fixed value -150% [14] = Fixed value -200 % Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, p2930 Note: The signal sources can, for example, be used to interconnect scalings. 1-420 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 421 This magnetizing current can be changed after the identification and accepted in p0320 with p1910/p1960 = -3. Dependency: Refer to: p0320, r0331, p1910, r1948, p1960 1-421 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 422 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Invert speed actual value 4710, 4715 Invert position actual value 4704 Dependency: Refer to: p0410, p1910, p1960 1-422 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 423 Stator resistance determined by the motor data identification. This stator resistance can be changed after the identification and accepted in p0350 with p1910/p1960 = -3. Dependency: Refer to: p0350, p1910, r1912 1-423 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 424 Magnetizing inductance for an induction motor determined by the motor data identification. This magnetizing inductance can be changed after the identification and accepted in p0360 with p1910/p1960 = -3. Dependency: Refer to: p0360, p1910, r1936, p1960 1-424 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 425 Integral time of the current controller determined by the motor data identification. This integral time can be changed after the identification and accepted in p1717 with p1910/p1960 = -3. Dependency: Refer to: p1717, p1910 1-425 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 426 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the current UTC time in the drive system. p3102[0]: Milliseconds p3102[1]: Days 1-426 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 427 100 [ms] Description: Sets the tolerance window for time synchronization. When this tolerance window is exceeded, an appropriate alarm is output. Dependency: Refer to: A01099 1-427 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 428 Refer to: p2102, p2103, p2104, p2105, p3981 Note: When selecting a standard telegram, the BICO interconnection for control signal STW1.10 (master control by PLC) is automatically established. 1-428 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 429 Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Hardware replacement recommended Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120 1-429 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 430 Depending on the suppression of a fault reaction in this parameter, r2139.1 "Acknowledgement required" is set when at least one fault occurs. Re bit 08: The suppression is only effective if p0491 = 1. 1-430 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 431 Sets the signal source for the variable signaling function. Dependency: Refer to: p3292, p3293 Note: Re p3291 = 1: In this case, the signal source is defined using p3292 and p3293. 1-431 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 432 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the output signal for the variable signaling function. Dependency: Refer to: p3290, p3291, p3295, p3296, p3297, p3298 1-432 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 433 For a value of 0, the dropout delay is disabled. The output signal is reset if the condition for the 0 signal is fulfilled for longer than the selected time. 1-433 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 434 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associ- ated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (see p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: for induction motors p0320, p0352, p0353, p0604, p0605, p0626 ...
  • Page 435 Successfully completed component of the last rotating measurement carried out. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal p0350 accepted p0356 accepted p0410 accepted p0431 accepted p1952 accepted p1953 accepted p1715 accepted 1-435 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 436 1 signal 0 signal Software reset active Writing of parameters disabled as parame- ter save in progress Writing of parameters disabled as macro is running 1-436 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 437 Change master control in operation Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate up to another setpoint. 1-437 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 438 Wait until DRIVE-CLiQ cyclic 740: Check the ability to operate 745: Start of the time slices 750: Interrupt enable 800: Initialization finished 10050: Wait for synchronization 1-438 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 439 Description: Displays the functional reserve of the encoder selected via p4650. 0 ... 25 %: The function limit has been reached. A service is recommended. 1-439 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 440 [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p4660 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. 1-440 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 441 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Setting for coefficient K2 to calculate the characteristic (p4662). Dependency: Refer to: p4662, p4663, p4664, p4666 1-441 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 442 Note: p4671 = 0: The two signals on a track are evaluated differentially. p4671 = 1: Only the non-inverted signal on a track is evaluated. 1-442 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 443 The minimum actual value which can be mapped is equal to p4674 - p4675/2. The maximum actual value which can be mapped is equal to p4674 + p4675/2. 1-443 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 444 Sets the permissible tolerance in encoder pulses for the zero mark distance in the context of zero mark monitoring. Causes fault F3x100 to appear less frequently. 1-444 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 445 Refer to: p0437, p4681, p4682, p4688 Refer to: F31131, A31422 Note: Zero mark monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction). 1-445 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 446 If fault F3x131 is re-parameterized to alarm (A) or no message (N), the encoder pulses which have not been cor- rected are added to the accumulator (p4688). Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved 1-446 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 447 Selected component not available or not connected Insufficient memory space for backup Format of saved data is incompatible Transfer fault during data download Transfer fault during data backup 1-447 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 448 Setting to back up the data of all SMIs and DQIs featured in the target topology. Value: Inactive Save data of all SMIs and DQIs Save all data successful Insufficient memory space for backup 1-448 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 449 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the motor order number (MLFB) of the data backup selected with p4693. Dependency: Refer to: p4691, p4692 1-449 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 450 Trace is recording presamples Trace is waiting for trigger event Trace is recording Recording (trace) ended Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-450 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 451 Factory setting Description: Displays the required memory in bytes for the actual parameterization. Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 Dependency: Refer to: r4799 1-451 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 452 Here, the trigger signal for trace 0 or 1 is entered as parameter in the BICO format. For trace with a physical address (p4789), the data type of the trigger signal is set here. 1-452 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 453 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Sets the bit mask for the bit mask trigger. 1-453 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 454 Displays the trigger index in the trace buffer. The trigger event occurred at this point. Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 Dependency: Only valid when p4705 = 4. 1-454 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 455 4.00000 [ms] 0.12500 [ms] Description: Sets the time slice cycle in which the trace is called. Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-455 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 456 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-456 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 457 [1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format [2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id [3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id 1-457 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 458 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Selects the seventh signal to be traced. 1-458 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 459 Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 1. Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795 1-459 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 460 Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 6. Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795 1-460 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 461 Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 3. Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795 1-461 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 462 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 0 as integer number. 1-462 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 463 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 3. Dependency: Refer to: r4760 1-463 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 464 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 0. Dependency: Refer to: r4760 1-464 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 465 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 5. Dependency: Refer to: r4760 1-465 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 466 Sets the physical address for the second signal to be traced. The data type is defined using p4731. Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-466 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 467 Sets the physical address for the sixth signal to be traced. The data type is defined using p4735. Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-467 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 468 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 1-468 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 469 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Displays the free memory for the trace in bytes. Dependency: Refer to: r4708 1-469 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 470 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0 Factory setting Description: Sets the operating mode of the function generator. 1-470 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 471 Sets the scaling for the integer number of the output signal for the function generator. Dependency: Refer to: r4805, r4817 Note: The parameter can only be changed in the following operating states: r4805 = 0, 4, 6 1-471 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 472 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal to be generated for the function generator. Value: Square-wave Staircase Delta Binary noise - PRBS (Pseudo Random Binary Signal) Sine-wave 1-472 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 473 If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current). If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed). 1-473 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 474 Sets the lower limit for the function generator. Dependency: For p4810 = 2 the limit only applies to the current setpoint, but not the speed setpoint (offset). 1-474 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 475 Sets the scaling for the offset of the signal waveforms separately for each output channel. The value cannot be changed while the function generator is running. 1-475 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 476 Result data operating hours counter avail- able Result data temperature diagnostics avail- able Result data real time clock synchronization available Result data speed/torque matrix available 1-476 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 477 --> set p5009 = 1: initiate "reset" function for the file selected in p5007. --> p5009 = 40: feedback signal during "operation running". --> p5009 = 20: feedback signal for a successfully completed operation. 1-477 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 478 The following parameters are excluded from the write protection: - p0003 (BOP access level) - p0971 (drive object save parameters) - p0977 (save all parameters) - p3950 (service parameters) 1-478 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 479 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the firmware and EPROM versions of the DRIVE-CLiQ component selected using p7828[1]. 1-479 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 480 UNKNOWN 102: SAPAR_ID_DSA_ALARM 110: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_0 111: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_1 112: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_2 113: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_3 114: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_4 115: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_5 10500: ENC_ID_TIME_PRETRIGGER 10501: ENC_ID_TIME_SEND_TELEG_1 10502: ENC_ID_TIME_CYCLE_FINISHED 10503: ENC_ID_TIME_DELTA_FUNMAN 10504: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_CALCTIMES 1-480 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 481 10678: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH_CORR 10692: ENC_ID_RESISTANCE_CALIB_INSTANT 10693: ENC_ID_SERPROT_POS 10724: ENC_ID_ACT_FUNMAN_FUNCTION 10725: ENC_ID_SAFETY_COUNTER_CRC 10740: ENC_ID_POS_ABSOLUTE 10741: ENC_ID_POS_REFMARK 10742: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH 10743: ENC_ID_SAFETY_PULSE_COUNTER 10756: ENC_ID_DSA_ACTUAL_SPEED 10757: ENC_ID_SPEED_DEV_ABS 10772: ENC_ID_DSA_POS_XIST1 10788: ENC_ID_AB_CROSS_CORR 1-481 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 482 Factory setting Description: Parameter to display a DSA signal in the signed-integer format. The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831. 1-482 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 483 Degrees Millimeter or degrees Meters / minute Meters / second Millihenry Newton meter Newton meter/Ampere Volt/Ampere Newton meter second / rad 31.25 microseconds Microseconds Milliseconds 1-483 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 484 1/second^3 120: 0.01 percent/millisecond 121: Pulses / revolution 122: Microfarads 123: Milliohm 124: 0.01 Newton meter 125: Kilogram millimeter^2 126: Rad / (seconds newton meter) 1-484 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 485 Displays the version of the firmware stored on the memory card/device memory. Index 0: Firmware version internal (e.g. 01203300) Index 1: Firmware version external (e.g. 01020000 -> 1.2) 1-485 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 486 Sub-boot manual Sub-boot automatic Note: For p7857 = 0 (manual sub-boot) the following applies: The parameter should be set to 1 to start the sub-boot. 1-486 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 487 [1] = Object number in p0101[0] [2] = Object number in p0101[1] [3] = Object number in p0101[2] [4] = Object number in p0101[3] [5] = Object number in p0101[4] 1-487 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 488 [18] = Object number in p0101[17] [19] = Object number in p0101[18] [20] = Object number in p0101[19] [21] = Object number in p0101[20] [22] = Object number in p0101[21] 1-488 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 489 [4] = BICO interconnections [5] = Activate/de-activate drive object [6] = Data backup required [7] = Reserved [8] = Reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000) 1-489 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 490 [11] = p0530 or p0531 [12] = Reserved [13] = Reserved [14] = Reserved [15] = SERVO or VECTOR (e.g. p0300) Dependency: Refer to: r7868, r7870 1-490 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 491 Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices [1] = Faults (r0944) [2] = Alarms (r2121) [3] = Safety messages (r9744) Dependency: Refer to: r7869 1-491 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 492 - [µs] Description: Displays the sampling times currently present on the drive unit. For r7901[x] = 0, the following applies: The time slice is not active. 1-492 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 493 [11] = Send signal to BO: r8511.11 [12] = Send signal to BO: r8511.12 [13] = Send signal to BO: r8511.13 [14] = Send signal to BO: r8511.14 1-493 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 494 Sets the signal source for the wordwise data transfer (process signal). This signal value is available in CO: r8515 for further interconnection. Dependency: Refer to: r8515 1-494 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 495 Receive signal from BI: p8501 Receive signal from BI: p8501 Receive signal from BI: p8501 Receive signal from BI: p8501 Receive signal from BI: p8501 Dependency: Refer to: p8501 1-495 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 496 Description: Displays the signals of the wordwise received data (process signal). This signal value is interconnected and transferred via CI: p8505. Dependency: Refer to: p8505 1-496 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 497 Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running. 1-497 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 498 Description: Sets the SYNC object parameter for the following CANopen objects: - 1005 hex: COB-ID Note: SINAMICS operates as SYNC load. COB-ID: CAN object identification 1-498 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 499 Only adjustable if guard time = 0 (node guarding disabled). Refer to: p8604 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1017 hex. Either node guarding or heartbeat can be used. 1-499 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 500 [0] = Manual controller start function [1] = Activating the automatic controller start function Note: Index 0: This parameter is automatically reset to 0 after start. 1-500 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 501 All drive objects are acknowledged by writing the value 0 to the index 0. As soon as a fault has been acknowledged or an alarm cleared, then it is also cleared from the fault list. 1-501 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 502 [59] = Fault 3/ drive 7 [60] = Fault 4/ drive 7 [61] = Fault 5/ drive 7 [62] = Fault 6/ drive 7 [63] = Fault 7/ drive 7 1-502 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 503 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the active CANopen Node ID. Dependency: Refer to: p8620 1-503 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 504 Index: [0] = 1 Mbit/s [1] = 800 kbit/s [2] = 500 kbit/s [3] = 250 kbit/s [4] = 125 kbit/s [5] = 50 kbit/s 1-504 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 505 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the drive behavior if a CAN communication error occurs. Value: No response OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Dependency: Refer to: F08700 1-505 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 506 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting. 1-506 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 507 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1400 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-507 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 508 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1403 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-508 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 509 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1406 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-509 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 510 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1601 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. 1-510 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 511 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1604 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. 1-511 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 512 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1607 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. 1-512 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 513 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1801 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-513 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 514 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1803 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-514 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 515 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1805 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-515 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 516 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1807 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object 1-516 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 517 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 4 (TPDO 4). 1-517 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 518 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A06 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. 1-518 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 519 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Selector switch for the PDO mapping. Sets the mapping for download or in the online mode after acknowledging with p8741. 1-519 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 520 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 Dependency: Refer to: r8750 1-520 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 521 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the CANopen status word. 1-521 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 522 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Binector input for CANopen status word bit 15. Dependency: Refer to: r8784 1-522 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 523 BI: p0844.0 = r889x.1 BI: p0848.0 = r889x.2 BI: p0852.0 = r889x.3 BI: p2103.0 = r889x.7 For SINAMICS S110, the PZD interface IF1 is used: BI: p0840.0 = r209x.0 BI: p0844.0 = r209x.1 BI: p0848.0 = r209x.2 BI: p0852.0 = r209x.3 BI: p2103.0 = r209x.7...
  • Page 524 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the PROFINET Device ID. Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD. 1-524 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 525 The active default gateway is displayed in r8932. Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925 = 1. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. 1-525 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 526 The A CPU must be connected to enable the F CPU to gain access. Set the value = 1 to commission the F CPU individually. Note: A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset or download. 1-526 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 527 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the MAC address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. 1-527 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 528 - Set the component number (p9210). - Select the "flashing on" function (set p9211 = 1). Value: Select function Flashing off Flashing on Dependency: Refer to: p9210 1-528 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 529 Linear axis Rot axis/spindle Dependency: Refer to: p9502 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-529 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 530 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 0000 1111 1111 bin Description: Sets the behavior of safety functions and their feedback during pulse suppression in encoderless operation. 1-530 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 531 A factor of at least 8 is recommended. The value for the parameter must also be greater than or equal to 2 A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-531 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 532 Sets the grid division for a linear encoder. The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 2 must be parameterized in this parameter. Dependency: Refer to: p9316 1-532 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 533 Factory setting 2147000000 Description: Sets the denominator for the gearbox between the encoder (or motor in the case of encoderless monitoring func- tions) and the load. 1-533 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 534 The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 2 must be parameterized in this parameter. Dependency: Refer to: r0470, p9523 1-534 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 535 The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 2 must be parameterized in this parameter. Dependency: Refer to: p0415, r0475, p9529 Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit 1-535 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 536 Refer to: p9363, p9531 Refer to: C01714 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed 1-536 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 537 Dependency: Refer to: p9542 Refer to: C01711 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-537 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 538 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) 1-538 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 539 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 SERVO_S110-PN (Safety rot) Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 120000.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity tolerance for the "SAM" function. 1-539 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 540 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed SOS: Safe Operating Stop 1-540 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 541 Sets the transition time from STOP F to STOP B. Dependency: Refer to: C01711 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-541 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 542 Below this velocity "standstill" is assumed and for STOP B / SS1, the pulses are suppressed (by changing to STOP In the case of encoderless motion monitoring functions, the parameter must be > 0 (recommended value: 10). Dependency: Refer to: p9356, p9560 1-542 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 543 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: The values 4 and 14 are not supported on Control Unit 305. SLS: Safely-Limited Speed 1-543 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 544 Refer to: C30716 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) 1-544 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 545 SAM is de-activated once the set velocity limit has been undershot. Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-545 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 546 Sets the delay time after which the pulses are safely suppressed after a bus failure. Dependency: Refer to: p9363 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-546 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 547 The rate of rise of the brake ramp depends upon p9381 (reference value) and p9383 (monitoring time). Dependency: Refer to: p9381, p9382 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-547 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 548 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing (p9306/p9506 = 1). 1-548 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 549 The status when the memory card is being "removed safely" is shown in r9401. Re value = 0, 1, 3, 100: These values can only be displayed, not set. 1-549 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 550 If, from an indexed parameter, at least one index was not able to be transferred, then the parameter number is dis- played in r9406[n] and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407[n]. 1-550 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 551 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the parameters for which the re-calculation was unsuccessful after an internal system reference value change. Dependency: Refer to: F07086 1-551 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 552 Interconnection 1 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal source, BICO coded) r9842[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal source, BICO coded) 1-552 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 553 The monitoring clock cycle must be a multiple of the actual value sensing clock cycle in p9511 (dbSI) or of the DP clock cycle (ncSI). 1-553 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 554 Enable SCA6 (SN6) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA7 (SN7) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA8 (SN8) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA9 (SN9) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA10 (SN10) Enable Inhibit 1-554 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 555 Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring. Value: Safety with encoder Safety without encoder Safety without encoder with accel_monitoring/delay time Dependency: Refer to: C01711 1-555 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 556 For bit = 0 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression. The status signal indicates active and the system goes into the STO state. 1-556 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 557 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the encoder configuration for the redundant coarse position value. 1-557 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 558 For safety functions that are enabled (p9501 > 0), the following applies: p9517 is checked whether it coincides with p0407. 1-558 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 559 Sets the gear ratio between the encoder and load in mm/revolution for a linear axis with rotary encoder. Notice: The fourth decimal point can be rounded-off depending on the size of the entered number (from 3 places before the decimal point). 1-559 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 560 Sets the number of valid bits of the redundant coarse position value. The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 1 must be parameterized in this parameter. 1-560 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 561 The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 1 must be parameterized in this parameter. Dependency: Refer to: p0415, r0475, p9329 1-561 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 562 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLP4 Dependency: Refer to: p9532, p9561, p9563 Refer to: C01714 Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed 1-562 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 563 This is an evaluation factor to define the setpoint limit from the selected actual speed limit. The active SLS limit value is evaluated with this factor and is made available as setpoint limit in r9733. 1-563 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 564 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting -2147000.000 [mm] 2147000.000 [mm] -100000.000 [mm] Description: Sets the lower limit for the function "Safely-Limited Position" (SLP). 1-564 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 565 [21] = Cam position SCA22 (SN22) [22] = Cam position SCA23 (SN23) [23] = Cam position SCA24 (SN24) [24] = Cam position SCA25 (SN25) [25] = Cam position SCA26 (SN26) 1-565 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 566 [29] = Cam position SCA30 (SN30) Dependency: Refer to: p9501, p9503, p9537 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SCA: Safe Cam 1-566 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 567 [2] = Cam position SCA3 (SN3) [3] = Cam position SCA4 (SN4) [4] = Cam position SCA5 (SN5) [5] = Cam position SCA6 (SN6) [6] = Cam position SCA7 (SN7) 1-567 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 568 [29] = Cam position SCA30 (SN30) Dependency: Refer to: p9501, p9503, p9536 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SCA: Safe Cam 1-568 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 569 Cam 6 (index 5) is assigned cam track 1. If the position lies within the range of this cam, a value of 0 is entered in the SGA "cam range" of the first cam track. 1-569 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 570 Within this tolerance, both monitoring channels may signal different signal states of the same safe cam. Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-570 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 571 Sets the tolerance to check the actual values after referencing (incremental encoder) or when powering up (abso- lute encoder). Dependency: Refer to: C01711 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-571 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 572 SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) / SGA n < nx: Safety- related output n < nx 1-572 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 573 120000.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity tolerance for the "SAM" function. Dependency: Refer to: C01706 Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) 1-573 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 574 Even if SLS or SOS is activated from non safety-related operation, then this delay is still applied. Note: SLS: Safely-Limited Speed SOS: Safe Operating Stop 1-574 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 575 Sets the delay time for the safe pulse suppression after STOP B. In the case of encoderless motion monitoring functions with brake ramp monitoring (p9506 = 1), the parameter has no effect. 1-575 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 576 Below this velocity "standstill" is assumed and for STOP B / SS1, the pulses are suppressed (by changing to STOP In the case of encoderless motion monitoring functions, the parameter must be > 0 (recommended value: 10). 1-576 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 577 Sets the stop response for the function "Safely-Limited Position" (SLP). Value: STOP C STOP D STOP E Dependency: Refer to: p9534, p9535 Note: SLP: Safely-Limited Position 1-577 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 578 Sets the tolerance for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI). This motion in the monitored direction is still per- missible before an alarm is initiated. Dependency: Refer to: p9565, p9566 Refer to: C01716 Note: SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) 1-578 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 579 SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) For p9568 = p9368 = 0, the following applies: The value in p9546/p9346 (SSM) is applied as the velocity limit for SAM. 1-579 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 580 [0D hex] Acc_mode not possible due to incorrect ID in p9570 [0F hex] Acc_mode not possible due to expired Acc_timer 172: [AC hex] Acc_mode active Dependency: Refer to: p9558, p9570 Refer to: C01799 1-580 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 581 Sets the delay time for monitoring the brake ramp. Monitoring of the brake ramp starts once the delay time has elapsed. Dependency: Refer to: p9581, p9583 1-581 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 582 Notice: Reducing this percentage value can adversely affect actual value sensing. Note: This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing (p9306/p9506 = 1). 1-582 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 583 Motion monitoring functions integr. in the Enable Inhibit drive (Control Unit) Dependency: Refer to: r9771, p9801 Note: STO: Safe Torque Off A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-583 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 584 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex FFFE hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address for processor 1. Dependency: Refer to: p9810 1-584 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 585 The parameterized time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204) 1-585 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 586 After starting, the corresponding parameters are copied from processor 1 to processor 2. Once copying is complete, the parameter is automatically reset to zero. Value: [00 hex] Copy function ended [1D hex] Start copy function node identifier 1-586 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 587 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Actual value > upper limit SOS Actual value > lower limit SOS Actual value > upper limit, SLP1 1-587 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 588 Actual value > lower limit, modulo Dependency: Refer to: C01711 Note: SCA: Safe Cam SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) 1-588 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 589 [1] = Actual SAM/SBR velocity limit on the Control Unit Note: For linear axes, the following unit applies: millimeters per minute For rotary axes, the following unit applies: revolutions per minute 1-589 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 590 De-select external STOP C De-select external STOP D De-select external STOP E SLS (SG) override bit 0 Not set SLS (SG) override bit 1 Not set 1-590 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 591 Status signals valid Safely referenced SDI pos active SDI neg active STOP A or B active STOP C active STOP D active STOP E active 1-591 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 592 U/f control SAM/SBR active Note: ESR: Extended Stop and Retract SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) 1-592 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 593 Description: Setting to select and de-select the user agreement. Value: [00 hex] De-select user agreement 172: [AC hex] Select user agreement Dependency: Refer to: r9727 1-593 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 594 This parameter is only of significance for enabled safety with encoder. Otherwise, it is set to "0". Note: If the value displayed is exceeded, message C01711 is output indicating relevant subsequent faults. 1-594 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 595 This parameter does not provide any information about the actual accuracy of the velocity sensing. This depends on the type of actual value sensing, the gear factors as well as the quality of the encoder being used. 1-595 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 596 Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the status word for the Safety information channel. 1-596 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 597 This is used to check whether the safety message buffer has been read out consistently. Dependency: Refer to: r9747, r9748, r9749, p9752, r9753, r9754, r9755, r9756 1-597 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 598 - [ms] Description: Displays the relative system runtime in milliseconds when the safety message occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r9744, r9747, r9749, p9752, r9753, r9754, r9755, r9756 1-598 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 599 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the relative system runtime in days when the safety message occurred. 1-599 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 600 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Acknowledges the new Safety Integrated password. 1-600 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 601 Extended Functions PROFIsafe supported Extended Functions integrated in drive sup- ported (p9601.2 = 1) Basic Functions PROFIsafe supported Extended Functions encoderless supported Yes Safe Brake Adapter supported 1-601 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 602 With SMM encoderless no actual value sensing is possible on account of OFF2. With SMM with encoder no actual value sensing is possible on account of parking. SMM: Safe Motion Monitoring 1-602 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 603 Displays the checksum for tracking changes for Safety Integrated. These are additional checksums that are created to track changes (fingerprint for the "safety logbook" functionality) to safety parameters (that are relevant for checksums). 1-603 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 604 = 2 (enable safety functions) r9794[2] = 3 (F-DI changeover, tolerance time) A complete list of numbers for crosswise-compared data items appears in fault F01611. 1-604 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 605 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: STO: Safe Torque Off SMM: Safe Motion Monitoring A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. 1-605 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 606 Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address on processor 2. Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. 1-606 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 607 The parameterized time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204) 1-607 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 608 SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) / SGA n < nx: Safety- related output n < nx ESR: Extended Stop and Retract 1-608 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 609 - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the clock cycle time for the Safety Integrated Basic Functions on processor 2. Dependency: Refer to: r9780 1-609 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 610 Factory setting Description: Displays the number of the cross-checked data item which caused STOP F on processor 2. Dependency: Refer to: r9795 Refer to: F30611 1-610 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 611 - type component of the node ID of the component - number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets in the Node Identifier - manufacturer and version of the Node Identifier 1-611 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 612 - order number (8 indices) - attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology of the component - component number - number of port types 1-612 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 613 Note: In order to permanently accept the acknowledgement of the fault that can be resolved, then it must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0977). 1-613 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 614 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. 1-614 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 615 In this case, writing a 1 to p9921 is rejected. When the license key has been activated, p9921 is automatically set to 0. 1-615 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 616 If writing to the file is activated (p9930[2] = 1), writing to the file must be de-activated again before switching off the Control Unit (p9930[2] = 0) in order to ensure that the system logbook has been completely written to the file. 1-616 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 617 Expert list: 1 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the system utilization. If the utilization is greater than 100%, fault F01054 is output. 1-617 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 618 [12] = Net utilization 6 [13] = Total utilization 6 [14] = Net utilization 7 [15] = Total utilization 7 [16] = Net utilization 8 1-618 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 619 [76] = Net utilization 38 [77] = Total utilization 38 [78] = Net utilization 39 [79] = Total utilization 39 [80] = Net utilization 40 1-619 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 620 [18] = Net utilization 9 [19] = Total utilization 9 [20] = Net utilization 10 [21] = Total utilization 10 [22] = Net utilization 11 1-620 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 621 [82] = Net utilization 41 [83] = Total utilization 41 [84] = Net utilization 42 [85] = Total utilization 42 [86] = Net utilization 43 1-621 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 622 [0] = Fast Memory 1 [1] = Fast Memory 2 [2] = Fast Memory 3 [3] = Fast Memory 4 [4] = Heap Dependency: Refer to: F01068 1-622 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 623 The values are not made available until the RUNUP READY (800) state is adopted (see p3988). Index 0 ... 7 corresponds to DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 ... X107. 1-623 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 624 Factory setting Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1 [1] = Fast Memory 2 [2] = Fast Memory 3 [3] = Fast Memory 4 [4] = Heap 1-624 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 625 Select a safety-relevant digital input for the signal "acknowledge internal event" (internal fault). The falling edge at this input resets the status "internal event" in the drive. Value: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 1-625 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 626 Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "STO" function. Value: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Statically inact Dependency: Refer to: p10122 1-626 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 627 No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SS2: Safe Stop 2 1-627 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 628 Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the limit value bit 0 of the "SLS" function. Value: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Statically inact 1-628 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 629 No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) 1-629 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 630 Bit = 0 signal --> not selected Bit = 1 signal --> selected The selected signals (high-active) are OR'ed The result of the logic operation results in the status "Safe State". 1-630 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 631 0000 bin Description: Activates the readback input for the safety digital output (F-DO) The test mode for the particular safety digital output is set in p10047. 1-631 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 632 / p10125 p10026 / p10126 p10027 / p10127 p10028 / p10128 p10030 / p10130 p10031 / p10131 p10036 / p10136 p10050 / p10150 Refer to: r10149 1-632 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 633 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting 4.00 [ms] 2000.00 [ms] 500.00 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for testing the digital output. 1-633 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 634 - Single-channel digital input 22 (DI 22, read back input for the forced checking procedure). The debounce time is accepted rounded off to whole milliseconds. Dependency: Refer to: p10017 1-634 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 635 No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SS1: Safe Stop 1 1-635 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 636 Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SLS" function. Value: Statically active F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Statically inact Dependency: Refer to: p10026 1-636 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 637 No terminal assigned, selection bit remains statically at "0". If value = 255: No terminal assigned, selection bit remains statically at "1". F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SLS: Safely-Limited Speed 1-637 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 638 Sets the signals for the drive group specific signal "Safe State". Bit 0 = Power_removed Bit 1 = SS1_active Bit 2 = SS2_active Bit 3 = SOS_active Bit 4 = SLS_active 1-638 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 639 [2] = AND logic operation input 3 [3] = AND logic operation input 4 [4] = AND logic operation input 5 [5] = AND logic operation input 6 1-639 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 640 / p10123 p10024 / p10124 p10025 / p10125 p10026 / p10126 p10027 / p10127 p10028 / p10128 p10030 / p10130 p10031 / p10131 p10036 / p10136 1-640 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 641 Displays the status of digital output DO 16- (X131.6) from processor 2. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DO 0 High 2853 Note: F-DO: Failsafe Digital Output 1-641 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 642 T = 6 * r20002 T = 7 * r20002 T = 8 * r20002 T = 9 * r20002 T = 10 * r20002 1-642 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 643 T = 70 * r20002 T = 71 * r20002 T = 72 * r20002 T = 73 * r20002 T = 74 * r20002 1-643 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 644 T = 134 * r20002 135: T = 135 * r20002 136: T = 136 * r20002 137: T = 137 * r20002 138: T = 138 * r20002 1-644 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 645 T = 198 * r20002 199: T = 199 * r20002 200: T = 200 * r20002 201: T = 201 * r20002 202: T = 202 * r20002 1-645 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 646 1006: T = 6 * r20003 1008: T = 8 * r20003 1010: T = 10 * r20003 1012: T = 12 * r20003 1016: T = 16 * r20003 1-646 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 647 [5] = Run-time group 5 [6] = Run-time group 6 [7] = Run-time group 7 [8] = Run-time group 8 [9] = Run-time group 9 1-647 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 648 The value for the computation time load is calculated in the drive unit using the project loaded. As such, the r20005[x] values are not available in the expert list in SCOUT/STARTER offline mode. 1-648 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 649 SERVO_S110-CAN Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. 1-649 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 650 [3] = Run-time group 3 [4] = Run-time group 4 [5] = Run-time group 5 [6] = Run-time group 6 [7] = Run-time group 7 1-650 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 651 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block. 1-651 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 652 Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 1-652 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 653 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 1 within the run-time group set in p20036. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-653 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 654 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-654 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 655 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 3 of the AND function block. 1-655 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 656 Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 0 of the OR function block. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 1-656 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 657 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 0 within the run-time group set in p20048. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-657 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 658 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-658 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 659 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block. 1-659 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 660 Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 1-660 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 661 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 3 within the run-time group set in p20060. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-661 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 662 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-662 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 663 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block. 1-663 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 664 Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 1-664 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 665 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 2 within the run-time group set in p20072. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-665 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 666 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-666 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 667 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 0 of the inverter is to be called. 1-667 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 668 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 1 of the inverter. 1-668 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 669 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 2 of the inverter. 1-669 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 670 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 2 within the run-time group set in p20088. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-670 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 671 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-671 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 672 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 0 of the adder. 1-672 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 673 Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 [2] = Input X2 [3] = Input X3 1-673 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 674 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 1 within the run-time group set in p20100. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-674 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 675 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-675 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 676 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor. 1-676 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 677 Sets the signal source of the factors X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance MUL 0 of the multiplier. Index: [0] = Factor X0 [1] = Factor X1 [2] = Factor X2 [3] = Factor X3 1-677 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 678 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 0 within the run-time group set in p20112. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-678 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 679 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-679 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 680 X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider. Index: [0] = Quotient Y [1] = Integer number quotient YIN [2] = Div remainder MOD 1-680 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 681 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIV 0 within the run-time group set in p20121. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-681 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 682 Display parameter for the signal QF that the divisor X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider is zero. X2 = 0.0 => QF = 1 1-682 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 683 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evalua- tion. 1-683 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 684 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-684 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 685 SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation. 1-685 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 686 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 1 within the run-time group set in p20136. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-686 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 687 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator is to be called. Value: Run-time group 0 Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 1-687 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 688 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 0.00 60000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator. 1-688 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 689 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 1 within the run-time group set in p20146. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-689 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 690 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener is to be called. Value: Run-time group 0 Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 1-690 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 691 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 0.00 60000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener. 1-691 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 692 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 1 within the run-time group set in p20156. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-692 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 693 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 0 Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 1-693 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 694 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 0.00 60000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device. 1-694 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 695 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 1 within the run-time group set in p20166. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-695 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 696 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 0 Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 1-696 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 697 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 0.00 60000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device. 1-697 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 698 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 1 within the run-time group set in p20176. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-698 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 699 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element is to be called. 1-699 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 700 SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 0.00 60000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element. 1-700 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 701 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PST 1 within the run-time group set in p20186. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-701 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 702 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop is to be called. 1-702 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 703 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop 1-703 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 704 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 1 within the run-time group set in p20196. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-704 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 705 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop. 1-705 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 706 Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop. Index: [0] = Trigger input I [1] = D input D [2] = Set S [3] = Reset R 1-706 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 707 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-707 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 708 SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch. 1-708 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 709 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20211. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-709 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 710 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch is to be called. 1-710 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 711 SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch. 1-711 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 712 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20221. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-712 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 713 Factory setting 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch is to be called. 1-713 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 714 SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 0 of the limiter. 1-714 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 715 SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 0 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL. 1-715 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 716 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 1 of the limiter. 1-716 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 717 SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QU (upper limit reached), i.e. QU = 1 for X >= LU. 1-717 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 718 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 1 within the run-time group set in p20242. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. 1-718 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 719 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element. 1-719 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 720 Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element. Index: [0] = Input X [1] = Setting value SV 1-720 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 721 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element is to be called. Value: Run-time group 0 Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 1-721 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 722 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Sets the upper limit value LU of instance INT 0 of the integrator. 1-722 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 723 Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator. If LL>= LU, then the output quantity Y = LU. 1-723 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 724 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-724 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 725 SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval limit L of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter. 1-725 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 726 Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and X is <= M - L + HY. 1-726 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 727 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter. 1-727 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 728 Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and X is >= M + L - HY. 1-728 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 729 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Run-time group 7 Run-time group 8 Run-time group 9 9999: Do not calculate 1-729 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 730 Expert list: 1 (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-DP (FBLOCKS), SERVO_S110-PN (FBLOCKS) Factory setting Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element. 1-730 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 731 Factory setting Description: Displays PROFINET Name of Station. Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. 1-731 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 732 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays PROFINET IP of Station. 1-732 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 733 BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv p1122[0...n] BI: Bypass ramp-function generator / Bypass RFG p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable 1-733 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 734 BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2 1-734 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 735 Jog 1 speed setpoint / Jog 1 n_set p1059[0...n] Jog 2 speed setpoint / Jog 2 n_set p1063[0...n] Speed limit setpoint channel / n_limit setp p1080[0...n] Minimum speed / n_min 1-735 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 736 Speed controller reference model natural frequency / n_ctrl RefMod fn p1434[0...n] Speed controller reference model damping / n_ctrl RefMod D p1435[0...n] Speed controller reference model dead time / n_ctrRefMod t_dead 1-736 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 737 Hysteresis speed 2 / n_hysteresis 2 p2141[0...n] Speed threshold 1 / n_thresh val 1 p2142[0...n] Hysteresis speed 1 / n_hysteresis 1 p2149[0...n] Monitoring configuration / Monit config 1-737 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 738 LR length unit LU per 10 mm / LU per 10 mm p2504[0...n] LR motor/load motor revolutions / Mot/load motor rev p2505[0...n] LR motor/load motor revolutions / Mot/load motor rev 1-738 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 739 Redundant coarse position value relevant bits (identified) / Relevant bits p0415[0...n] Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit (identified) / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB p0418[0...n] Fine resolution Gx_XIST1 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST1 1-739 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 740 Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold positive / ZM tol A_thr pos p4684[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold negative / ZM tol A_thr neg 1-740 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 741 Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated p0341[0...n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert p0342[0...n] Ratio between the total and motor moment of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio 1-741 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 742 Motor changeover status word bit number / Mot_chg ZSW bitNo. p1231[0...n] Armature short-circuit / DC braking configuration / ASC/DCBRK config p1232[0...n] DC braking, braking current / DCBRK I_brake 1-742 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 743 Actual power unit type / PU actual type r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property p0251[0...n] Operating hours counter power unit fan / PU fan t_oper 1-743 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 744 Parameter Parameters for data sets 1-744 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 745 2-933 2.19 Signals and monitoring functions 2-938 2.20 Diagnostics 2-944 2.21 Data sets 2-950 2.22 CANopen interface 2-955 2.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) 2-962 2-745 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 746 2443 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 1) ......2-785 2-746 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 747 2530 – Status word, current control ........2-820 2-747 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 748 2861 – Extended Functions, SDI (Safe Direction) ......2-852 2-748 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 749 4020 – Standstill/positioning monitoring (r0108.3 = 1) ......2-883 4025 – Dynamic following error monitoring, cam controllers (r0108.3 = 1) ..2-884 2-749 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 750 7212 – OR (OR function block with 4 inputs) ....... . . 2-918 2-750 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...

  • Page 751: Table Of Contents

    8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) ........2-951 2-751 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 752 9912 – Control word interconnection ........2-963 2-752 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 753 2-754 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) 2-755 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) 2-756 1030 – Handling BICO technology 2-757 2-753 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 754 Diagram references for setting parameters that occur a multiple number of times. [Function diagram number, signal path] DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1020_98_eng.vsd - 1020 - Explanations for the function diagrams - Explanation of the symbols (Part 1) SINAMICS S110 28.05.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 755 (in this case, switch position 1 in the Fxxxxx the diagram. default state on delivery). DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1021_98_eng.vsd - 1021 - Explanations for the function diagrams - Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) SINAMICS S110 25.05.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 756 + 1 The following applies to I = 0 signal: y = x fn_n fn_n DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1022_98_eng.vsd - 1022 - Explanations for the function diagrams - Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) SINAMICS S110 22.01.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 757 Terminal X133.1 acts as "Jog bit 0". p1070[0] = 1050 The output of the motorized potentiometer acts as main setpoint for the speed controller. DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1030_98_eng.vsd - 1030 - Explanations for the function diagrams - Handling BICO technology SINAMICS S110 22.01.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 758 2-764 1610 – Servo control, generation of the torque limits 2-765 1630 – Servo control, current control 2-766 1750 – Monitoring functions, faults, alarms 2-767 2-758 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 759 4 digital inputs, electrically isolated DI 16 r0722.16 r0723.16 DI 17+ DI 17- DI 18 DI 19+ DI 19- r0722.19 r0723.19 [2021] 24 V DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_1510_98_eng.vsd - 1510 - Overviews - CU305 input/output terminals SINAMICS S110 19.06.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 760 PZD2 PZD3 Telegram 390 ..391 Signal assignment PZD1 Signal x Free telegram PZD32 [2470] [2472] [2483] [2424] Manufacturer-specific/free telegrams and process data DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1520_98_eng.vsd - 1520 - Overviews - PROFIdrive SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 761 Faults/alarms r1407 PDS selection [2546] n-controller [8580] r2139 [2522] Faults/alarms 1 Regelung [2548] r0056 r2135 controller Faults/alarms 2 [2526] [2548] DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1530_98_eng.vsd - 1530 - Overviews - Internal control/status words, data sets SINAMICS S110 27.03.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 762 – n_act r1199 n_set_5 Ramp-function M_limit generator tracking [3070] Expanded ramp-function generator [3080] Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking Simulate ramp-function generator DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_1550_98_eng.vsd - 1550 - Overviews - Setpoint channel SINAMICS S110 26.07.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 763 2 from 4 selection signals from the 4 measured value "fast" digital inputs memory for XIST2 [2030, 2031] [4740] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_1580_98_eng.vsd - 1580 - Overviews - Servo control, encoder evaluations (position, speed, temperature) SINAMICS S110 10.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 764 [5300] V/f open-loop control for diagnostics [5490] Closed-loop speed [2522] Status word, [2526] Status word, control, configuration speed controller closed-loop control DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_1590_98_eng.vsd - 1590 - Overviews - Servo control, speed control and V/f control SINAMICS S110 28.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 765 – M_max_lower/gen scal reverse, Forwards, p1529 motoring generating Compatible to [3616.7] SIMODRIVE – [5620] Motoring/generating torque limit DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_1610_98_eng.vsd - 1610 - Overviews - Servo control, generation of the torque limits SINAMICS S110 28.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 766 Limit formation Flux setpoint (input) Induction motor Flux controller [5730] Control signals, current actual values [5722] Field current input, flux controller DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_1630_98_eng.vsd - 1630 - Overviews - Servo control, current control SINAMICS S110 18.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 767 [8013] load monitoring [19] n_act smth message Motor locked r2169 [8075] Fault/alarm configuration [8012] Torque monitoring [8010] <1> Only for p0108.17 = 1. DO: All objects Function diagram fp_1750_98_eng.vsd - 1750 - Overviews - Monitoring functions, faults, alarms SINAMICS S110 29.06.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 768 2-772 2031 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 10 to DI/DO 11) 2-773 2038 – Digital output (DO 16) 2-774 2040 – Analog input (AI) 2-775 2-768 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 769 <1> When using the electrical isolation, omit the terminal jumper and connect the load power supply <1> shown as a dashed line. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2020_98_eng.vsd - 2020 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3) SINAMICS S110 01.06.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 770 <1> When using the electrical isolation, omit the terminal jumper and connect the load power supply <1> shown as a dashed line. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2021_98_eng.vsd - 2021 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 16 ... DI 19) SINAMICS S110 26.03.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 771 <1> When using the electrical isolation, omit the terminal jumper and connect the load power supply <1> shown as a dashed line. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2022_98_eng.vsd - 2022 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 20 ... DI 22) SINAMICS S110 26.03.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 772 (p0728.x = 1). to [4735], [4740]). <3> The digital output access authority is displayed in r0729. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2030_98_eng.vsd - 2030 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 9) SINAMICS S110 26.03.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 773 (p0728.x = 1). to [4735], [4740]). <3> The digital output access authority is displayed in r0729. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2031_98_eng.vsd - 2031 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 10 ... DI/DO 11) SINAMICS S110 21.02.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 774 X131.8 CU S_q DO 16 p0746 (0) <2> <1> Additional external I/O supply <2> For restrictions, refer to p0746. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2038_98_eng.vsd - 2038 - CU305 input/output terminals - Digital output (DO 16) SINAMICS S110 23.12.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 775 <4> 4000.00 μs Analogeingang Typ -11.000...11.000 V p0756 (4) -11.000...11.000 V Hardware smoothing p0757[0] (0.000) <1> p0759[0] (10.000) Offset 100 μs -20.000...20.000 V p0797.0 r0752[0] p0763[0] (0.000) X132.7 -1000.00...1000.00 % p0760[0] (100.00) X132.8 <2> -10...+10 V -1000.00...1000.00 % p0758[0] (0.00) Simulation mode -20.000...20.000 V Scaling...
  • Page 776 2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection 2-802 2475 – STW1 control word 1 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) 2-803 2476 – SATZANW-Pos block selection interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) 2-804 2-776 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 777 2495 – CU_STW control word, Control Unit interconnection 2-809 2496 – CU_ZSW status word, Control Unit interconnection 2-810 2497 – A_DIGITAL interconnection 2-811 2498 – E_DIGITAL interconnection 2-812 2-777 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 778 <2> The response monitoring time t_response is automatically r61000[0...239] defined when configuring PROFIBUS / PROFINET (PN) PD mast-SoL S_Src (e.g. HW Config made by SIEMENS). <4> p2045 <3> Only for the clock-cycle synchronous operation of the PN IP of Station r2050[3] SERVO drive object.
  • Page 779 999 is changed to p0922 = 999, the "old" telegram assignment is maintained as specified in [2420] - [2424]! <3> The maximum number of PZD words depends on the drive object type. = Position encoder signal DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2420_98_eng.vsd - 2420 - PROFIdrive - Standard telegrams and Process Data SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 780 <3> Can be freely connected. <4> The maximum number of PZD words depends on the drive object type. = Position encoder signal DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2422_98_eng.vsd - 2422 - PROFIdrive - Manufacturer-specific telegrams and Process Data SINAMICS S110 20.07.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 781 = 2 should be set if STW1 is not transferred with PZD1 as specified in the PROFIdrive profile. <4> The maximum number of PZD words depends on the drive object type. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2424_98_eng.vsd - 2424 - PROFIdrive - Manufacturer-specific/free telegrams and Process Data SINAMICS S110 15.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 782 <2> Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16, U32 = Unsigned32. DO: CU_S110, SERVO Function diagram fp_2439_98_eng.vsd - 2439 - PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals, connection of profile-specific SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 783 <2> Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16, U32 = Unsigned32. DO: CU_S110, SERVO Function diagram fp_2440_98_eng.vsd - 2440 - PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection manufacturer-specific SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 784 <1> Used in telegrams 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 110, 111. <2> STW1.10 must be set to ensure that the drive object accepts the process data (PZD). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2442_98_eng.vsd - 2442 - PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) SINAMICS S110 08.12.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 785 <1> Used in telegrams 1, 2, 3, 4, 102, 103. <2> STW1.10 must be set to ensure that the drive object accepts the process data (PZD). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2443_98_eng.vsd - 2443 - PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 1) SINAMICS S110 17.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 786 <1> Used in telegrams 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 110 and 111. <2> Not for telegrams 9, 110, and 111. <3> Only for telegram 9. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2444_98_eng.vsd - 2444 - PROFIdrive - STW2 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) SINAMICS S110 02.03.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 787 <2> For a 1 signal, the integral component of the speed controller is cleared and the integrator is inhibited. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2445_98_eng.vsd - 2445 - PROFIdrive - STW2 control word interconnection (p2038 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 788 PROFINET <1> Data type according to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16, U32 = Unsigned32 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2449_98_eng.vsd - 2449 - PROFIdrive - PZD send signals connection profile-specific SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 789 PROFINET <1> Data type according to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16, U32 = Unsigned32 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2450_98_eng.vsd - 2450 - PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection manufacturer-specific SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 790 <2> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15) <3> The drive object is ready to accept data. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2452_98_eng.vsd - 2452 - PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) SINAMICS S110 17.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 791 <1> Used in telegrams 1, 2, 3, 4, 102, 103. <2> The drive object is ready to accept data. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2453_98_eng.vsd - 2453 - PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 1) SINAMICS S110 17.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 792 <1> Used in telegrams 2, 3, 4, 7, 110, 111. <2> These signals are automatically interconnected for clock-cycle synchronous operation. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2454_98_eng.vsd - 2454 - PROFIdrive - ZSW2 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 793 <2> These signals are automatically interconnected for clock-cycle synchronous operation. <4> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2455_98_eng.vsd - 2455 - PROFIdrive - ZSW2 status word interconnection (p2038 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 794 MELDW.15 Reserved <1> Used in telegrams 102, 103, 110 and 111. <2> The status word is generated using the binector-connector converter p2088[2]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2456_98_eng.vsd - 2456 - PROFIdrive - MELDW status word interconnection SINAMICS S110 08.12.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 795 Reserved POS_STW.10 Reserved POS_STW.11 Reserved POS_STW.12 Reserved POS_STW.13 Reserved POS_STW.14 Reserved POS_STW.15 Reserved <1> Used in telegram 110, 999. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2462_98_eng.vsd - 2462 - PROFIdrive - POS_STW-Pos control word interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 08.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 796 0 = signal positioning selected. POS_STW1.15 1 = MDI selection p2647 = r2091.15 <1> Used in telegram 111. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2463_98_eng.vsd - 2463 - PROFIdrive – POS_STW1-Pos control word 1 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 797 1 = Software limit switch activation p2582 = r2092.14 POS_STW2.15 1 = STOP cam activ p2568 = r2092.15 <1> Used in telegram 111. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2464_98_eng.vsd - 2464 - PROFIdrive – POS_STW2-POS control word 2 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 08.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 798 = r2094[4] 1 = MDI active POS_ZSW1.15 p2083[15] = r2670[15] 0 = MDI inactive <1> Used in telegram 111. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2466_98_eng.vsd - 2466 - PROFIdrive – POS_ZSW1-Pos status word 1 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 08.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 799 1 = Travel to fixed stop active p2084[14] = r2683.14 POS_ZSW2.15 1 = Traversing command active p2084[15] = r2684.15 <1> Verwendung in Telegramm 111. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2467_98_eng.vsd - 2467 - PROFIdrive – POS_ZSW2-Pos status word 2 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 08.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 800 <6> Every PZD word can be assigned a word or a double word. Only one of the 2 interconnection parameters r2050 or r2060 may have a value 0 for a PZD word. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2468_98_eng.vsd - 2468 - PROFIdrive - IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 801 The following applies for temperature values: 100° C -> 100 % = 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex; 0° C -> 0 %. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2470_98_eng.vsd - 2470 - PROFIdrive - IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) SINAMICS S110 04.04.12 V04.04.00...
  • Page 802 (0.0) <1> p2088[4].15 [15] (0.0) [15] (0.0) <1> For clock-cycle synchronous SERVO, these signals must not be interconnected (slave sign-of-life). DO: CU_S110, SERVO Function diagram fp_2472_98_eng.vsd - 2472 - PROFIdrive - IF1 status words, free interconnection SINAMICS S110 15.08.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 803 <3> The interconnection p2649 = 0 is made additionally only in Telegram 7,9 and 110. <2> STW1.10 must be set to ensure that the drive object accepts the process data (PZD). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2475_98_eng.vsd - 2475 - PROFIdrive - STW1 control word 1 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 804 [3625] SATZANW.15 p2647 = r2091.15 0 = Deactivate MDI [3640] <1> Used in telegrams 7, 9 und 110. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2476_98_eng.vsd - 2476 - PROFIdrive - SATZANW Pos Block Selection interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 805 <2> The drive object is ready to accept data. <1> Used in telegrams 7, 9, 110, 111. <3> Only for telegram 111. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2479_98_eng.vsd - 2479 - PROFIdrive - ZSW1-Status Word 1 interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 806 Reserved MDI_MOD.9 Reserved MDI_MOD.10 Reserved MDI_MOD.11 Reserved MDI_MOD.12 Reserved MDI_MOD.13 Reserved MDI_MOD.14 Reserved MDI_MOD.15 Reserved <1> Used in telegram 9. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2480_98_eng.vsd - 2480 - PROFIdrive – MDI_MOD-MDI Mode interconnection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 30.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 807 The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000 hex; 0 °C -> 0 %. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2481_98_eng.vsd - 2481 - PROFIdrive - IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) SINAMICS S110 16.11.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 808 The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000 hex; 0 °C -> 0 %. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2483_98_eng.vsd - 2483 - PROFIdrive - IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 809 Master sign-of-life bit 1 p2045 =r2050[3] CU_STW.14 Master sign-of-life bit 2 CU_STW.15 Master sign-of-life bit 3 <1> Used in telegrams 390 and 391. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2495_98_eng.vsd - 2495 - PROFIdrive - CU_STW1 control word Control Unit interconnection SINAMICS S110 24.09.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 810 <1> Used in telegrams 390 and 391. <2> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15) DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2496_98_eng.vsd - 2496 - PROFIdrive - CU_ZSW1 status word 1 Control Unit interconnection SINAMICS S110 25.01.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 811 <2> Can be set via p0728 as input (DI) or output (DO). <3> Pre-assignment, can be freely changed. <4> For restrictions, refer to p0746. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2497_98_eng.vsd - 2497 - PROFIdrive - A_DIGITAL interconnection SINAMICS S110 18.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 812 <1> Used in telegrams 390, 391, 392, 393 and 394. <2> Can be set via p0728 as input (DI) or output (DO). <3> Pre-assignment, can be freely changed. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2498_98_eng.vsd - 2498 - PROFIdrive - E_DIGITAL interconnection SINAMICS S110 18.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 813 2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 2-822 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 2-823 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms 2-824 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 2-825 2-813 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 814 <3> When the master control is retrieved, Reserved predefined by STARTER. <4> Only applies if the function module "extended brake control (r0108.14 = 1)" is active. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2501_98_eng.vsd - 2501 - Internal control/status words - Control word, sequence control SINAMICS S110 31.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 815 <2> If „Safe Brake Control" (SBC) is activated and selected, the brake is no longer controlled via this signal. <3> These signals are only relevant if the "extended brake control" function module is active (r0108.14 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2503_98_eng.vsd - 2503 - Internal control/status words - Status word, sequence control SINAMICS S110 31.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 816 [3040.2] Reserved Reserved Reserved Bypass RFG p1122[C] 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator r1198.15 To the setpoint channel [3060.1] [3070.3] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2505_98_eng.vsd - 2505 - Internal control/status words - Control word, setpoint channel SINAMICS S110 28.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 817 To the closed-loop speed control 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1406.12 [5060.1] Reserved Reserved Set speed adaptation controller I component DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2520_98_eng.vsd - 2520 - Internal control/status words - Control word, speed controller SINAMICS S110 30.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 818 1 = Sensorless operation due to a fault r1407.13 1 = I/f control active Reserved <1> Only for servo control without encoder. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2522_98_eng.vsd - 2522 - Internal control/status words - Status word, speed controller SINAMICS S110 26.07.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 819 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved [5650.8] 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0056.14 [5650.8] 1 = Vdc_min controller active r0056.15 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2526_98_eng.vsd - 2526 - Internal control/status words - Status word, closed-loop control SINAMICS S110 30.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 820 1 = Iq setpoint limit. active r1408.8 [5714.4] 1 = Id setpoint limit. active r1408.9 [5722.7] Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2530_98_eng.vsd - 2530 - Internal control/status words - Status word, current control SINAMICS S110 30.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 821 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off r2197.7 Reserved Reserved Reserved <1> n = smoothed speed actual value r2169 [8010.2]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2534_98_eng.vsd - 2534 - Internal control/status words - Status word, monitoring functions 1 SINAMICS S110 10.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 822 Reserved Reserved Reserved <1> Only relevant if the function module "extended signals/ monitoring functions" (r0108.17 = 1) is active. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2536_98_eng.vsd - 2536 - Internal control/status words - Status word, monitoring functions 2 SINAMICS S110 03.03.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 823 1 = Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2 (p2194) r2199.11 From torque signals [8012.5] Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved <1>n_act = smoothed speed actual value r2169 [8010.2]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2537_98_eng.vsd - 2537 - Internal control/status words - Status word, monitoring functions 3 SINAMICS S110 10.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 824 <2> <2> These parameters refer to the Command Data Sets (CDS) depending on the individual drive object (DO). DO: All objects Function diagram fp_2546_98_eng.vsd - 2546 - Internal control/status words - Control word, faults/alarms SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 825 1 = Alarm motor overtemperature r2135.14 From the thermal monitoring, power module [8014.8] 1 = Alarm, thermal overload, power module r2135.15 DO: All objects Function diagram fp_2548_98_eng.vsd - 2548 - Internal control/status words - Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 SINAMICS S110 28.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 826 Function diagrams Sequence control Sequence control Function diagrams 2610 – Sequencer 2-827 2634 – Missing enable signals, line contactor control 2-828 2-826 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 827 <4> STWA.xx = control word, sequence control, bit xx (r0898) [2501]; ZSWA.xx = status word, sequence control bit xx (r0899) [2503]. [2634] F07300...F07802 signals <5> Only if „Safety Integrated“ is active. F6000 <6> The parameters p1226, p1227 and p1228 influence this status. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2610_98_eng.vsd - 2610 - Sequence control - Sequencer SINAMICS S110 09.01.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 828 Operating monitoring Logic operation p2810[0] p2816[0] & AND operation OR operation r2811.0 r2817.0 p2810[1] p2816[1] & DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2634_98_eng.vsd - 2634 - Sequence control - Missing enable signals, line contactor control, logic operation SINAMICS S110 11.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 829 2704 – Extended brake control, zero-speed detection (r0108.14 = 1) 2-831 2707 – Extended brake control, open/close brake (r0108.14 = 1) 2-832 2711 – Extended brake control, signal outputs (r0108.14 = 1) 2-833 2-829 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 830 <4> Only if Safety Integrated is active. Note: Braking signal diagnostic evaluation (p1278) only applies for SBC (Safe Brake Control) (controls the Safe Brake Relay). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2701_98_eng.vsd - 2701 - Braking control - Basic braking control (r0108.14 = 0) SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 831 <4> The internal signal comprises signals that lead to OFF1 or OFF3, e.g. BICO or fault response. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2704_98_eng.vsd - 2704 - Braking control - Extended braking control, zero-speed detection (r0108.14 = 1) SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 832 <4> If the brake is permanently applied or released (p0855, p0858 or p1215), the drive does not wait until the brake is released or applied. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2707_98_eng.vsd - 2707 - Braking control - Extended braking control, open/close brake (r0108.14 = 1) SINAMICS S110 09.09.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 833 Note: Braking signal diagnostic evaluation (p1278) is only relevant for SBC (Safe Brake Control) (controls the Safe Brake Relay). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2711_98_eng.vsd - 2711 - Braking control - Extended braking control, signal outputs (r0108.14 = 1) SINAMICS S110 30.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 834 2858 – Extended Functions, control via PROFIsafe (p9601.2 = p9601.3 = 1) 2-850 2860 – Extended Functions, SSM (Safe Speed Monitor) 2-851 2861 – Extended Functions, SDI (Safe Direction) 2-852 2-834 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 835 <1> Comparator, refer to [1021] <2> Analog signal memory, refer to [1021] <3> The target checksum must be equal to the actual checksum. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2800_98_eng.vsd - 2800 - Safety Integrated - Basic Functions, Parameter manager SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 836 Cross checking list Diagnostics for STOP F [2814.1] F01600/F30600 •1 "STOP A initiated" r9772.9 (P1) [2804.2] r9872.9 (P2) [2804.5] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2802_98_eng.vsd - 2802 - Safety Integrated - Basic Functions, Monitoring functions and faults/alarms SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 837 1 = SS1 cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Functions) [2810.4] 1 = SS1 cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Functions) Reserved [2802.3] 1 = Slave Motor Module ready for communication Reserved DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2804_98_eng.vsd - 2804 - Safety Integrated - Basic functions, status words SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 838 SS1: Safe Stop 1 [2804.1] 1 = STO cause selection via terminal STO: Safe Torque Off DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2810_98_eng.vsd - 2810 - Safety Integrated - Basic Functions, STO (Safe Torque Off), SS1 (Safe Stop 1) SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 839 [2802.1] [2814.2] DIAG_U [2802.1] [2814.2] <1> Transistors inhibited for a "0" signal. STO: Safe Torque Off DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2811_98_eng.vsd - 2811 - Safety Integrated - Basic Functions, STO (Safe Torque Off), Save Pulse suppression SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 840 F30630 & SBC: Safe Brake Control 1 = "SBC enabled" drive units. "Incorrect safety brake control, P2" (Sichere Bremsenansteuerung) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2814_98_eng.vsd - 2814 - Safety Integrated - Basic Functions, SBC (Safe Brake Control) SINAMICS S110 14.09.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 841 <2> Only for p9306/p9506 = 0 or 3. <3> Only for p9306/p9506 = 1. Pos_act sign_chng <4> Only at drive via PROFIsafe p9316.1 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2820_98_eng.vsd - 2820 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, SLS (Safely-Limited Speed) SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 842 [2858.6]<3> <2> Only at drive via terminals <3> Only at drive via PROFIsafe DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2825_98_eng.vsd - 2825 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, SS1, SS2, SOS, Internal STOP B, C, D, F SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 843 <1> Only at drive of the Extended Functions via terminals. <2> Only at drive of the Extended Functions via PROFIsafe DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2840_98_eng.vsd - 2840 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, control word and status word SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 844 SI enable fct P2 p9801 = 0 <2> Analog signal memory, see [1021]. <3> The target checksum must be equal to the actual check sum. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2846_98_eng.vsd - 2846 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, Parametermanager SINAMICS S110 14.09.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 845 DI 20 p10140.2 F-DI 2 & X131.2 DI 21+ [2855.1] X131.3 DI 21- X131.8 F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2850_98_eng.vsd - 2850 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions (F-DI 0 ... F-DI 2) SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 846 24 V1 (external) X131.8 r10152 <1> F-DO: Failsafe Digital Output <1> Signaling parameters are only written to when Safety Integrated is activated. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2853_98_eng.vsd - 2853 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions (F-DO 0) SINAMICS S110 29.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 847 Selection SDI positive r9722.12 r9720.9 [2861.8] [2861.1] SDI negative active Selection SDI negative r9722.13 r9720.10 [2861.8] [2861.1] SSM (speed below limit) r9722.15 [2860.8] DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2855_98_eng.vsd - 2855 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, control interface SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 848 SI Safe State selection [2855.7] p10039.0 SLS active SI Safe State selection [2855.7] p10039.6 SDI positive active [2855.7] SDI negative active [2855.7] DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2856_98_eng.vsd - 2856 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, Safe State selection SINAMICS S110 14.09.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 849 10: Active SLS threshold bit 0 [2855.7] 11: Active SLS threshold bit 1 [2855.7] 12: SDI positive active [2855.7] 13: SDI negative active [2855.7] DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_2857_98_eng.vsd - 2857 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, Assignment of F-DO 0 SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 850 [2861.1] [2861.8] Deselect SDI negative SSM (speed below limit value) r9720.13 r9722.15 [2861.1] [2860.8] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2858_98_eng.vsd - 2858 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, control via PROFIsafe (p9601.2 = p9601.3 = 1) SINAMICS S110 26.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 851 (0.00) SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 SI Mtn SSM hyst P2 0.0010...500.0000 [1/min] 0.0010...500.0000 [1/min] p9547 (10.0000) p9347 (10.0000) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2860_98_eng.vsd - 2860 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, SSM (Safe Speed Monitor) SINAMICS S110 27.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 852 SDI positive + SLSx p9531[x] x p9533 p9531[x] x p9533 SDI negativ + SLSx p9531[x] x p9533 p9531[x] x p9533 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_2861_98_eng.vsd - 2861 - Safety Integrated - Extended Functions, SDI (Safe Direction) SINAMICS S110 27.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 853 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 2-858 3060 – Basic ramp-function generator 2-859 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator 2-860 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking 2-861 2-853 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 854 Only if the function module "extended setpoint -210 000.000...210 000.000 [rpm] 1 1 1 1 channel" is activated (r0108.8 = 1). p1015[D] (0.000) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3010_98_eng.vsd - 3010 - Setpoint channel - Fixed speed setpoints SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 855 1: OFF1 enable missing (r0046.0) <3> Only effective if p1030.0 = 0. <100> Only if the function module "extended setpoint channel" is activated (r0108.8 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3020_98_eng.vsd - 3020 - Setpoint channel - Motorized potentiometer SINAMICS S110 30.11.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 856 Keep old setpoint Supplement setpoint p1075[C] r1077 <100> Only if the function module “extended setpoint channel“ is activated (r0108.8 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3030_98_eng.vsd - 3030 - Setpoint channel - Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 857 Setp after lim n_set_1 [3030.8] r1114 [3050.1] <100> Only if the function module “extended setpoint channel“ is activated (r0108.8 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3040_98_eng.vsd - 3040 - Setpoint channel - Direction limitation and direction reversal SINAMICS S110 14.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 858 n_skip 1 n_skip 2 n_skip 3 n_skip 4 n_limit pos 0.000...210 000.000 rpm 0.000...210 000.000 rpm 0.000...210 000.000 rpm 0.000...210 000.000 rpm 0.000...210 000.000 rpm 1000.00 μs 4000.00 μs p1091[D] (0.000) p1092[D] (0.000) p1093[D] (0.000) p1094[D] (0.000) p1083[D] (210 000.000) Refer to [1020.7] <1>...
  • Page 859 (Freeze ramp-function generator). "Ramp-up/ramp-down active" <100> Only if the function module 0.00...1000.00 rpm Extended setpoint channel" is activated (r0108.8 = 1). p1148[D] (19.80) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3060_98_eng.vsd - 3060 - Setpoint channel - Basic ramp-function generator SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 860 <6> With simultaneous jog 1 and 2 (p1055 = p1056 = 1) the last setpoint remains effective (Freeze ramp-function generator). <100> Only if the function module "extended setpoint channel" is activated (r0108.8 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3070_98_eng.vsd - 3070 - Setpoint channel - Extended ramp-function generator SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 861 For SERVO, the following applies: Only when the function module "extended setpoint channel" is activated (r0108.8 = 1). Reserved <6> The value is displayed correctly only with r0899.2 = 1 (Operation enabled). Reserved DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3080_98_eng.vsd - 3080 - Setpoint channel - Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking SINAMICS S110 15.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 862 Function diagrams Setpoint channel not activated 2.11 Setpoint channel not activated Function diagrams 3095 – Generating the speed limits (r0108.8 = 0) 2-863 2-862 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 863 <100> Applies only if the function module "expanded setpoint channel" (r0108.8 = 0) is not active. For r0108.8 = 1, [3050] applies instead of [3095]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3095_98_eng.vsd - 3095 - Setpoint channel not activated - Generating the speed limits (r0108.8 = 0) SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 864 2-877 3646 – Status word 2 (r0108.3 = 1, r0108.4 = 1) 2-878 3650 – Status word, active traversing block/MDI active (r0108.4 = 1) 2-879 2-864 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 865 Renewed jogging can only be activated after the jog motion has been completed (0/1 edge). <3> The second "jog" is not evaluated while "incremental jogging" is running. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3610_98_eng.vsd - 3610 - EPOS - Jog mode (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 866 <4> The reversing cams are low active. When a cam is actuated, motion (reference cam search) is continued in the opposite direction. <5> Reference point setting is only effective in the initial state [3625]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3612_98_eng.vsd - 3612 - EPOS - Referencing/reference point approach mode (r0108.4 = 1) (p2597 = 0 signal) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 867 The mode can be superimposed on the “jog“ [3610], “traversing blocks“ [3614] and “direct setpoint input/MDI“ [3618] modes! DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3614_98_eng.vsd - 3614 - EPOS - Flying referencing mode (r0108.4 = 1) (p2597 = 1 signal) SINAMICS S110 28.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 868 A07463 “External block change not requested in the traversing block“ External block change (via the measuring probe or BICO) CONTINUE EXTERNAL ALARM DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3615_98_eng.vsd - 3615 - EPOS - Traversing block mode, external block change (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 869 <5> Torque limits are only influenced by the "FIXED STOP" job. A value of 100 % is specified in all other cases. [4025.8] (2526.8) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3616_98_eng.vsd - 3616 - EPOS - Traversing block mode (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 870 [2520.3] r2683.14 [8012.5] [3616] Position actual Traversing block 1 value M_set r2687 Fixed stop clamping torque reached r2683.13 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3617_98_eng.vsd - 3617 - EPOS - Travel to fixed stop (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 19.06.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 871 100 % MDI -a_over p2645 -a_over fixed value 0.100...100.000 [%] p2693 (p2693) [3620.1] p2693 (100.000) 0.1 % DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3618_98_eng.vsd - 3618 - EPOS - Direct setpoint input/MDI mode, dynamic values (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 872 <3> The connector outputs are only supplied with values from here if the "direct setpoint input MDI" mode is active. <4> For the transfer type "continuous transfer" (BI: p2649 = 1 signal), relative positioning is not permissible. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3620_98_eng.vsd - 3620 - EPOS - Direct setpoint input/MDI mode (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 873 = 1 / r2199.0 =1 stop r2199.0 = 1 <1> The more points exist at a transition, the higher the priority. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3625_98_eng.vsd - 3625 - EPOS - Mode control (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 874 When a cam responds, the drive brakes with maximum deceleration along the ramp. After the fault has been acknowledged, only movements away from the STOP cam are permitted. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3630_98_eng.vsd - 3630 - EPOS - Traversing range limits (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 875 Corrective value p2658 r2685 [4010.2]/p2513 (2526.0) [4010.8] [3610.4] Pos act/set value Pos_mode relative [3616.1] p2657 0...1 [3620.1] [4010.8] (2521) p2603 (1) s_corr) [3614.8] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3635_98_eng.vsd - 3635 - EPOS - Interpolator (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 27.11.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 876 Reserved Reserved Reserved p2647 To “direct setpoint input/MDI“ mode [3620.1][3620.4] 1 = MDI selection To mode control [3625.6] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3640_98_eng.vsd - 3640 - EPOS - Control word block selection/MDI selection (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 877 1 = Fixed stop, clamping torque reached r2683.13 From “traversing block“ mode [3616.7] 1 = Travel to fixed stop active r2683.14 [4025.6]/p2552 Reserved DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3645_98_eng.vsd - 3645 - EPOS - Status word 1 (r0108.3 = 1, r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 27.11.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 878 However, if the “direct setpoint input/MDI“ mode is active, it is supplied with values from this mode. <2> The signal is only effective when the drive has reached the "Ready" state. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3646_98_eng.vsd - 3646 - EPOS - Status word 2 (r0108.3 = 1, r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 07.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 879 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Mode control [3625.7] 1 = MDI active r2670.15 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_3650_98_eng.vsd - 3650 - EPOS - Status word, active traversing block/MDI active (r0108.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 880 4015 – Position controller (r0108.3 = 1) 2-882 4020 – Standstill/positioning monitoring (r0108.3 = 1) 2-883 4025 – Dynamic following error monitoring, cam controllers (r0108.3 = 1) 2-884 2-880 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 881 <4> [0] for position control; [1] for encoder 1. <5> Index [0] encoder 1. <6> Encoder 1 = r2527.0 - 2 NOTE: SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder must be parameterized as encoder 1. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4010_98_eng.vsd - 4010 - Position control - Position actual value preprocessing (r0108.3 = 1)
  • Page 882 <3> For p2534 = 0 % the following applies: Pre-control balancing is not effective. <4> Only if the “extended brake control“ function module is active (r0108.14 = 1). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4015_98_eng.vsd - 4015 - Position control - Position controller (r0108.3 = 1) SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 883 <1> When the "basic positioner" function module (r0108.4 =1) is active, these binector inputs are supplied by default with values from this module. The second value specifies the assignment. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4020_98_eng.vsd - 4020 - Position control - Standstill/positioning monitoring (r0108.3 = 1) SINAMICS S110 22.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 884 <1> With a pre-control factor of less than 100 % (p2534 < 100 %), the PT1 model emulates an additional time constant of the control loop subordinate to the position controller. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4025_98_eng.vsd - 4025 - Position control - Dynamic following error monitoring, cam controllers (r0108.3 = 1) SINAMICS S110 22.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 885 4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2 2-888 4730 – Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2 2-889 4735 – Reference mark search with external zero mark, encoder 1 2-890 2-885 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 886 <6> Gn_XIST1 is a free-running position value. The external control must process the overflows. module is activated (r0108.3 = 1) and with encoder 1. NOTE: SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder may be parameterized as encoder 1 or encoder 2. <10> Updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic cycle.
  • Page 887 <1> Ratio between the electrical and mechanical pole position (= motor pole pair number). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4710_98_eng.vsd - 4710 - Encoder evaluation - Speed actual value and pole pos. sensing, motor encoder (encoder 1) SINAMICS S110 16.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 888 [2420]. = acknowledge encoder fault (located in Gn_ZSW, bit 15; Handshake with Gn_ZSW bit 11) <3> NOTE: SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder may be parameterized as encoder 1 or encoder 2. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4720_98_eng.vsd - 4720 - Encoder evaluation - Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ...
  • Page 889 Bit 15 Encoder fault, the fault is in Gn_XIST2 (r0483) NOTE: Index [1] --> encoder 2 SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder may be parameterized as encoder 1 or encoder 2. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4730_98_eng.vsd - 4730 - Encoder evaluation - Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ...
  • Page 890 Index [0] --> encoder 1 Index [1] --> encoder 2 NOTE: SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder may be parameterized as encoder 1 or encoder 2. <3> All other bits in the encoder control word must be 0.
  • Page 891 Measuring probe 1 deflected <3> All other bits of the encoder control word must be 0. to Gn_ZSW9 [4730.2] NOTE: SINAMICS S110 supports only one encoder. This encoder may be parameterized as encoder 1 or encoder 2. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_4740_98_eng.vsd...
  • Page 892 5714 – Iq and Id controller 2-909 5722 – Field current/flux input, flux reduction, flux controller 2-910 5730 – Interface to the Motor Module (gating signals, current actual values) 2-911 2-892 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 893 <3> n_prectrl_2 [3090.8] [5030.1] <3> Interpolator Monitoring F07421 "Speed setpoint filter natural frequency > Shannon frequency" <4> DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5020_98_eng.vsd - 5020 - Servo control - Speed setpoint filter and speed pre-control SINAMICS S110 26.07.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 894 2 p1160[C] <1> Only if control priority is with control panel with speed setpoint input. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5030_98_eng.vsd - 5030 - Servo control - Reference model/pre-control balancing/speed limitation SINAMICS S110 26.07.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 895 <4> The integrator of the speed controller is re-parameterized to become a PT1 filter through a feedback element (p1494). r1407.6 [2522.3] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5040_98_eng.vsd - 5040 - Servo control - Speed controller with encoder SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 896 <5> Setting rule: p0341, p0342 and p1498 are correctly set if the r1480 speed output displays values around 0 when accelerating in sensorless operation. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5042_98_eng.vsd - 5042 - Servo control - Speed controller, M/n pre-control with encoder (p1402.4 = 1) SINAMICS S110 03.03.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 897 0.00...210 000.00 [rpm] p1464[D] (0.00) To the speed controller with encoder [5040.4] 0.00...210 000.00 [rpm] p1465[D] (0.00) p1463[D] (100 %) Tn_n_adapt Tn_n_basic (p1462) [5040.8] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5050_98_eng.vsd - 5050 - Servo control - Speedcontroladaptation (Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation) SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 898 2) Torque control is active and n_act smooth > p1404. <2> Automatic changeover to sensorless operation (e.g. for extremely high-speed spindle drives). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5060_98_eng.vsd - 5060 - Servo control - Torque setpoint, control type changeover SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 899 <2> Setting rule: p0341, p0342 and p1498 must be set correctly. <3> The integrator of the speed controller is re-parameterized to become a PT1 filter through a feedback element (p1494). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5210_98_eng.vsd - 5210 - Servo control - Speed controller without encoder SINAMICS S110 17.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 900 r1538 r1539 <3> <3> Current limit p0115[0] (125.00 μs) p0640 Max. r1318 ramp r1493 I_act abs val Stop ramp-function steepness r0068 generator Vf t_rmp-up_rmp-dn 0.000...999 999.000 [s] p1318[D] (10.000) Pole pair number p r0313[M] n_ctrl n_set n_act smooth [rpm] f_set_1 f_set_2 [5030.8] r1438...
  • Page 901 Contents of data register Var sig S_src type p3293 Var sig t_pickup Var sig t_dropout p3297 p3298 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5301_98_eng.vsd - 5301 - Servo control - Signaling function variable SINAMICS S110 14.09.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 902 0 = When accelerating, 1 = Stationary Motoring/regenerating mode depending on: 0 = Speed actual value, 1 = Speed setpoint Reserved Reserved DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5490_98_eng.vsd - 5490 - Servo control - Speed control configuration SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 903 <1> As for torque reduction (e.g. for "Travel to fixed stop (TfS)" with process data MOMRED), refer to PROFIdrive telegrams 102 und 103 [2420]). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5610_98_eng.vsd - 5610 - Servo control - Torque limiting/reduction/interpolator SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 904 <3> With p1400.13 = 0, the following applies: if n_act < p1546, the motor limit is effective. – With p1400.13 = 1, the following applies: if n_set = 0, the regenerative limit is effective. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5620_98_eng.vsd - 5620 - Servo control - Motoring/regenerating torque limit SINAMICS S110 17.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 905 B , Fault F07090 is initiated, which can also be disabled. <4> For the manufacturer-specific PROFIdrive telegrams 102 und 103, r1543 is switched in here [5610.4]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5630_98_eng.vsd - 5630 - Servo control - Upper/lower torque limit SINAMICS S110 30.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 906 -10 000.00...0.00 [kW] p1531 (100.00) P_min <0 M_min_3 P_stall [5730.2] [Nm] 60 1000 P [kW] <1> M [Nm] = n [rpm] DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5640_98_eng.vsd - 5640 - Servo control - Mode changeover, power/current limiting SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 907 [7] Enable Vdc_max controller without accelerating [8] Enable Vdc_min controller without braking [9] Enable Vdc_min and Vdc_max controller w/o braking/accelerating DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5650_98_eng.vsd - 5650 - Servo control - Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller SINAMICS S110 19.10.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 908 Monitoring "Current setpoint filter natural frequency > Shannon frequency" <3> For p1699 = 1, the parameter settings are transferred to the controller. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5710_98_eng.vsd - 5710 - Servo control - Current setpoint filter SINAMICS S110 08.12.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 909 Id_act [5730.1] <1> F07410 is output if I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 is at the limit for more than 16 ms. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5714_98_eng.vsd - 5714 - Servo control - Iq and Id controller SINAMICS S110 14.04.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 910 Flux reduction Motor model r0084 1000.00 μs 250.00 μs <1> p0323 is not considerd for induction motors. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5722_98_eng.vsd - 5722 - Servo control - Field current-/flux input, flux reduction, flux controller SINAMICS S110 17.07.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 911 <3> The voltage angle is the angle of the voltage in a fixed stator coordinate system. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_5730_98_eng.vsd - 5730 - Servo control - Interface to the Power Module (gating signals, current actual values) SINAMICS S110 18.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 912 2.16 Technology functions Function diagrams 7014 – External Armature Short-Circuit (EASC, p0300 = 2xx or 4xx) 2-913 7017 – DC brake (p0300 = 1xx) 2-914 2-912 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 913 "Contactor feedback signal "Closed" missing" p1237 = 200 ms p1231 = 2 Pulse enable via hardware EASC: External Armature Short-Circuit DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7014_98_eng.vsd - 7014 - Technology functions - External Armature Short-Circuit (EASC, p0300 = 2xx or 4xx) SINAMICS S110 26.11.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 914 <4> Signal r1239.8 is only set while the DC braking is active. <5> DC braking upon falling below the starting speed for DC braking (p1234). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7017_98_eng.vsd - 7017 - Technology functions - DC braking (p0300 = 1xx) SINAMICS S110 11.04.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 915 7260 – LIM (limiter) 2-929 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) 2-930 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (derivative-action element) 2-931 7270 – LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) 2-932 2-915 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 916 <2> The run-time group that belongs to a function block is entered, for every function block, in the particular parameter for the run-time group (e.g. p20032 for AND 0 to [7210]). DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7200_98_eng.vsd - 7200 - FBLOCKS - General SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 917 AND 3 input I3 p20034[3] p20042[3] AND 1 run sequence AND 3 run sequence p20037 (20) p20045 (40) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7210_98_eng.vsd - 7210 - FBLOCKS - AND (AND function block with 4 inputs) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 918 OR 3 input I3 p20050[3] p20058[3] OR 1 run sequence OR 3 run sequence p20053 (70) p20061 (90) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7212_98_eng.vsd - 7212 - FBLOCKS - OR (OR function block with 4 inputs) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 919: Xor (Xor Function Block With 4 Inputs)

    XOR 3 input I3 p20066[3] p20074[3] XOR 1 run sequence XOR 3 run sequence p20069 (120) p20077 (140) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7214_98_eng.vsd - 7214 - FBLOCKS - XOR (XOR function block with 4 inputs) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 920: Not (Inverter)

    NOT 1 Inv output NOT 3 Inv output p20082 p20090 r20083 r20091 NOT 1 run sequence NOT 3 run sequence p20085 (170) p20093 (190) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7216_98_eng.vsd - 7216 - FBLOCKS - NOT (inverter) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 921: Add (Adder With 4 Inputs), Sub (Subtracter)

    ADD 1 input X3 p20098[3] SUB 1 run sequence p20109 (250) ADD 1 run sequence p20101 (220) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7220_98_eng.vsd - 7220 - FBLOCKS - ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 922: Mul (Multiplier), Div (Divider)

    MUL 1 factor X3 DIV 1 divisor is zero QF p20114[3] r20125 DIV 1 run sequence p20127 (310) MUL 1 run sequence p20117 (280) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7222_98_eng.vsd - 7222 - FBLOCKS - MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 923: Ava (Absolute Value Generator)

    AVA 1 input X AVA 1 output Y p20133 r20134 AVA 1 input negative SN r20135 AVA 1 run sequence p20137 (350) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7224_98_eng.vsd - 7224 - FBLOCKS - AVA (absolute value generators) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 924 PCL 1 output Q p20143 p20153 r20145 r20155 MFP 1 run sequence PCL 1 run sequence p20147 (380) p20157 (410) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7230_98_eng.vsd - 7230 - FBLOCKS - MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse shortener) SINAMICS S110 06.12.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 925 PDF 1 output Q p20163 p20173 r20165 r20175 PDE 1 run sequence PDF 1 run sequence p20167 (440) p20177 (470) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7232_98_eng.vsd - 7232 - FBLOCKS - PDE (switch-in delay), PDF (switch-out delay) SINAMICS S110 06.12.11 V04.04.00...

  • Page 926: Pst (Pulse Stretcher)

    PST 1 input pulse I p20183[0] PST 1 output Q r20185 PST 1 reset input R p20183[1] PST 1 run sequence p20187 (500) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7234_98_eng.vsd - 7234 - FBLOCKS - PST (pulse extender) SINAMICS S110 06.12.11 V04.04.00...

  • Page 927: Rsr (Rs Flip-Flop), Dfr (D Flip-Flop)

    DFR 1 tigger input I RSR 1 Inv output QN DFR1 Inv output QN p20193[1] p20203[0] r20195 r20205 DFR 1 reset R p20203[3] DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7240_98_eng.vsd - 7240 - FBLOCKS - RSR (RS flipflop), DFR (D flipflop) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 928 NSW 1 input X1 p20213[1] p20223[1] BSW 1 switch setting I NSW 1 switch setting I p20214 p20224 DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7250_98_eng.vsd - 7250 - FBLOCKS - BSW (binary changeover switch), NSW (numerical changeover switch) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 929: Lim (Limiter)

    LIM 1 input at the lower limit QL LIM 1 lower limit value LL r20241 p20238 (0.0) LIM 1 run sequence p20243 (650) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7260_98_eng.vsd - 7260 - FBLOCKS - LIM (limiter) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 930: Pt1 (Smoothing Element)

    PT1 0 setting value SV PT1 1 setting value SV p20244[1] p20250[1] PT1 0 accept setting value S PT1 1 accept setting value S p20245 p20251 DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7262_98_eng.vsd - 7262 - FBLOCKS - PT1 (smoothing element) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 931 DIF 0 run-time group DIF 0 run sequence Y(n) = (X(n) - X(n-1)) * (TD / T_sample) p20287 (9999) p20288 (750) DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7264_98_eng.vsd - 7264 - Basic function blocks - INT (integrator), DIF (differentiating element) SINAMICS S110 14.10.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 932: Lvm (Double-Sided Limit Monitor With Hysteresis)

    LVM 0 input quantity below interval QL LVM 1 input quantity below interval QL r20272 r20281 DO: All Objects Function diagram fp_7270_98_eng.vsd - 7270 - FBLOCKS - LVM (limit value monitor, double-sided with hysteresis) SINAMICS S110 20.04.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 933: Technology Controller

    7951 – Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1) 2-935 7954 – Motorized potentiometer (r0108.16 = 1) 2-936 7958 – Closed-loop control (r0108.16 = 1) 2-937 2-933 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 934 1 1 1 1 p2215[D] (150.00) p2215[D] <101> The pre-assignment of the sampling time in p0115[6] is 4000.00 μs. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7950_98_eng.vsd - 7950 - Technology controller - Fixed values (r0108.16 = 1 and p2216 = 2) SINAMICS S110 23.09.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 935 1 0 0 0 p2204[D] (40.00) p2204[D] <101> The pre-assignment of the sampling time in p0115[6] is 4000.00 μs. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7951_98_eng.vsd - 7951 - Technology controller - Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) SINAMICS S110 23.09.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 936 For p2230.0 = 0, this setpoint is entered after ON. <2> If initial rounding-off is active (p2230.2 = 1), the selected ramp-up/down times are exceeded accordingly. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7954_98_eng.vsd - 7954 - Technology controller - Motorized potentiometer (r0108.16 = 1) SINAMICS S110 21.08.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 937 Behavior can be changed via p2252. r2349.0 0.00...100.00 s <3> I component stop, only when r2273 and r2294 in same direction. p2293 (1.00) DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_7958_98_eng.vsd - 7958 - Technology controller - Closed-loop control (r0108.16 = 1) SINAMICS S110 17.07.09 V04.04.00...

  • Page 938: Signals And Monitoring Functions

    8011 – Speed signals 2 2-940 8012 – Torque signals, motor locked/stalled 2-941 8014 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 2-942 8016 – Thermal monitoring, motor 2-943 2-938 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 939 0.00...210 000.00 rpm p2155[D] (900.00) 0.000...300.000 rpm p2142[D] (2.00) n_hysteresis 1 |n_act| p2155 r2197.1 [2534.3] 0.00...300.00 rpm p2140[D] (90.00) n_Hysterrese 2 DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8010_98_eng.vsd - 8010 - Signals and monitoring functions - Speed signals 1 SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 940 1 = RESET r2199.5 [2537.3] (Q=1) p2148[C] Priority or rotating measurements RESET 1 RESET or friction characteristic plot. (Q=0) 2 SET DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8011_98_eng.vsd - 8011 - Signals and monitoring functions - Speed signals 2 SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 941 <1> The torque setpoint and the torque limits are determined by p1532 (M_max offset). As a rule, M_max offset = 0. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8012_98_eng.vsd - 8012 - Signals and monitoring functions - Torque signals, motor locked/stalled SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 942 0...100 % p0294 (95 %) Power unit overload response p0290 A07805 "Power unit overload" PM-IF: Power Module Interface DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8014_98_eng.vsd - 8014 - Signals and monitoring functions - Thermal monitoring, power unit SINAMICS S110 29.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 943 <5> The relevant rated response temperature in °C depends on the temperature sensor chosen by the motor manufacturer. A07820 "Temperature sensor not connected" DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8016_98_eng.vsd - 8016 - Signals and monitoring functions - Thermal monitoring, motor SINAMICS S110 16.11.10 V04.04.00...

  • Page 944: Diagnostics

    8060 – Fault buffer 2-945 8065 – Alarm buffer 2-946 8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) 2-947 8075 – Fault/alarm configuration 2-948 8134 – Measuring sockets 2-949 2-944 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 945 <1> This fault is overwritten when "more recent" faults occur (with the exception of "safety faults"). <2> The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to the status signal in r2139). r2139.3 [2548.2] DO: All objects Function diagram fp_8060_98_eng.vsd - 8060 - Diagnostics - Fault buffer SINAMICS S110 18.10.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 946 Fault/alarm buffer changes from r2120 RESET other drive objects <1> The buffer parameters are updated cyclically in the background (see status signal in r2139). POWER ON DO: All objects Function diagram fp_8065_98_eng.vsd - 8065 - Diagnostics - Alarm buffer SINAMICS S110 29.06.10 V04.04.00...
  • Page 947 1. Message/signal present 1. Fault/alarm code r2129.1 15. Message/signal present [15] 15. Fault/alarm code r2129.15 Setting, fault/alarm trigger DO: All objects Function diagram fp_8070_98_eng.vsd - 8070 - Faults and alarms - Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) SINAMICS S110 18.05.05 V04.04.00...
  • Page 948 <1> The fault response, acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting. Changes that may be required are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS. When the message type is changed, the supplementary information is tranferred from fault value r0949 to alarm value r2124 and vice versa.
  • Page 949 <4> Example: If a speed signal is entered via p0771 and r0786 indicates 100.0, a speed change of 100 rpm results in an output voltage change of 1.0 V. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_8134_98_eng.vsd - 8134 - Measuring sockets SINAMICS S110 30.09.11 V04.04.00...

  • Page 950: Data Sets

    8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 2-951 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) 2-952 8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) 2-953 8575 – Motor Data Sets (MDS) 2-954 2-950 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 951 CDS select., bit 0 p0810 CDS1 CDS0 CDS effective r0050 r0050.0 r0050.1 <1> Min / Max / Factory setting: 1 / 2 / 2. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8560_98_eng.vsd - 8560 - Data sets - Command Data Sets (CDS) SINAMICS S110 16.06.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 952 <1> A BICO interconnection to a parameter which is part of a drive data set always influences the currently effective data set. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8565_98_eng.vsd - 8565 - Data sets - Drive Data Sets, DDS SINAMICS S110 07.11.11 V04.04.00...
  • Page 953 F07502 "Encoder Data Set EDS not configured" F07510 "Identical encoder in the drive data set" <1> Encoder errors always refer to the currently active Encoder Data Set. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8570_98_eng.vsd - 8570 - Data sets - Encoder Data Sets, EDS SINAMICS S110 05.11.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 954 The thermal motor model of motors with the same motor number is identical. An unequal bit number means that the motor must be changed over. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_8575_98_eng.vsd - 8575 - Data sets - Motor Data Sets (MDS) SINAMICS S110 03.07.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 955 9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 2-958 9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 2-959 9220 – Control word, CANopen 2-960 9226 – Status word, CANopen 2-961 2-955 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 956 <2> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 16 words. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9204_98_eng.vsd - 9204 - CANopen interface - Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) SINAMICS S110 04.11.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 957 <2> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 18 words. COB-ID: CAN Communication Object Identifier DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9206_98_eng.vsd - 9206 - CANopen interface - Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.11.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 958 <1> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 28 words. RPDO: Receive Process Data Object COB-ID: CAN Communication Object Identifier DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9208_98_eng.vsd - 9208 - CANopen interface - Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) SINAMICS S110 04.11.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 959 <1> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 28 words. RPDO: Receive Process Data Object COB-ID: CAN Communication Object Identifier DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9210_98_eng.vsd - 9210 - CANopen interface - Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) SINAMICS S110 04.11.09 V04.04.00...
  • Page 960 <1> Depending on the position of the CANopen control word in p8750, the number of the binector to be connected changes. <2> Not valid for automatic BICO interconnection (p8790). DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9220_98_eng.vsd - 9220 - CANopen interface - Control word, CANopen SINAMICS S110 14.06.12 V04.04.00...
  • Page 961 1 = Velocity equal to zero Reserved p8786 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8786) p8787 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8787) <1> With setpoint channel: connect p2151 with r1119 [8011.2]. DO: SERVO Function diagram fp_9226_98_eng.vsd - 9226 - CANopen interface - Status word, CANopen SINAMICS S110 14.06.12 V04.04.00...
  • Page 962 Function diagrams Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) 2.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) Function diagrams 9912 – Control word interconnection 2-963 2-962 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 963 = r0019.14 STW BOP.15 Reserved <1> The BICO interconnection represents an example that can be be changed by the user. DO: CU_S110 Function diagram fp_9912_98_eng.vsd - 9912 - Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) - Control word interconnection SINAMICS S110 27.10.08 V04.04.00...
  • Page 964 Function diagrams Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) 2-964 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 965 Faults and alarms Contents Overview of faults and alarms 3-966 List of faults and alarms 3-975 3-965 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 966 • The alarm is entered in the alarm buffer. How are alarms eliminated? • Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no lon- ger present, they automatically reset themselves. 3-966 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 967 • Instantaneous pulse suppression, the drive “coasts” to a standstill. • The motor holding brake (if one is being used) is closed immediately. • "Switching on inhibited" is activated. 3-967 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 968 = 0 --> Encoder fault causes OFF2 Notice: When changing p0491, it is imperative that the information in the description of this parameter is carefully observed. 3-968 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 969 PULSE INHIBIT The fault can only be acknowledged with a pulse inhibit (r0899.11 = 0). The same options are available for acknowledging as described under acknowledgment with IMMEDIATELY. 3-969 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 970 (p2118, p2119). Information on reaction and acknowledgment is specified independently for a message with an adjustable message type (e.g. reaction to F, acknowledgment for F). 3-970 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 971 The optional parentheses indicate whether the default fault reactions can be changed and which fault reactions can be adjusted via parameters (p2100, p2101). Note: See Chapter 3.1.1 3-971 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 972 Description of the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault/alarm Alarm In certain cases, servicing and maintenance personnel are responsible for choos- ing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults. 3-972 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 973 34000 34999 Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) 35000 35199 Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) 35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 36000 36999 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module 3-973 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 974 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL 50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD) 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) 3-974 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 975 Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. 3-975 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 976 When checking the firmware that was downloaded (checksum), the component detected a fault. It is possible that the file on the memory card is defective. 3-976 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 977 - check the selected component number (p7828). - check the DRIVE-CLiQ connection. - save suitable firmware file for download in the directory "/siemens/sinamics/code/sac/". - use a component with a suitable hardware version - after POWER ON has been carried out again for the DRIVE-CLiQ component, download the firmware again.
  • Page 978 - If necessary, the internal encoder evaluation must be assigned to an encoder interface via parameters p0187, p0188 or p0189 accordingly. - If necessary, upgrade the firmware to a later version. Reaction upon N: NONE Acknowl. upon N: NONE 3-978 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 979 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: At least one firmware file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/ has been changed without authorization with respect to the version shipped from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 0: Checksum of one file is incorrect.
  • Page 980 For the commissioning software, the monitoring time is set as follows: <Drive> -> Commissioning -> Control panel -> Button "Fetch master control" -> A window is displayed to set the mon- itoring time in milliseconds. 3-980 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 981 "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0977 = 1 so that all of the parameter files are again completely writ- ten to the non-volatile memory. Reaction upon F: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowl. upon F: IMMEDIATELY 3-981 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 982 An error has occurred when downloading PSxxxyyy.ACX or PTxxxyyy.ACX files from the non-volatile memory. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file 3-982 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 983 - check the free memory space in the non-volatile memory. Approx. 80 kbyte of free memory space is required for every drive object in the system. - replace the memory card or Control Unit. Reaction upon A: NONE Acknowl. upon A: NONE 3-983 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 984 15: No text array available. 17: Task cannot be executed due to operating state. 20: Illegal value. 21: Response too long. 22: Parameter address illegal. 23: Format illegal. 3-984 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 985 14: Drive status cannot be changed to "ready for operation" (p0947 and p0949). 15: Drive status cannot be changed to drive download. 16: Device status cannot be changed to "ready for operation". 3-985 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 986 The memory card and the device type do not match (e.g. a memory card for SINAMICS S is inserted in SINAMICS Remedy: - insert the matching memory card. - use the matching Control Unit or power unit. 3-986 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 987 Bit 3 = 1: High-speed data memory 4 overloaded Remedy: - de-activate the function module. - de-activate the drive object. - remove the drive object from the target topology. 3-987 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 988 - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g. fewer drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc). - use an additional Control Unit. Reaction upon A: NONE Acknowl. upon A: NONE 3-988 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 989 64: DI/DO 8 (X122.7) 128: DI/DO 12 (X132.7) Remedy: Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input. Reaction upon A: NONE Acknowl. upon A: NONE 3-989 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 990 4: Value does not match clock-cycle synchronous PROFIBUS operation. 10: Special restriction of the drive object violated. 99: Inconsistency of cross drive objects detected. 116: Recommended clock cycle in r0116[0...1]. 3-990 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 991 Check parameter p0600 and p0601 and if required, adapt interpretation. For fault value = 207: Replace the power unit or if required set the device supply voltage higher (p0210). 3-991 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 992 = component number bb = component class of the component cc = connection number Note: Component class and connection number are described in F01375. 3-992 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 993 All objects Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: This alarm is used in the following cases: - If an inactive/non-operational drive object is active again/ready for operation 3-993 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 994 A drive object number is present more than once in p0978. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Index of p0978 under which the involved drive object number is located. 3-994 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 995 Drive object: All objects Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Unable to carry out a quick commissioning. The existing actual topology does not fulfill the requirements. 3-995 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 996 Re aa = 06 hex = 6 dec and bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: Correct the order number when commissioning using the commissioning software. See also: p0097 (Select drive object type) 3-996 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 997 In order to set configurations in p0108, before setting p0009 to 0, it is possible to first set p0009 to 2 and modify p0108. The index corresponds to the drive object (p0107). 3-997 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 998 Too many components of a particular type detected on a single line. Note: The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled. 3-998 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 999 = component class of the additional component aa = component number Note: - components that are connected to this additional component are not operational. 3-999 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 1000 Topology: Target topology is invalid Message value: Drive object: All objects Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was detected in the target topology. The target topology is invalid. 3-1000 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...
  • Page 1001 The topology comparison has detected a Sensor Module in the target topology that is not available in the actual topol- ogy. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Component number of the additional target components. 3-1001 © Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S110 List Manual (LH7), 06/2012, 6SL3097-4AP10-0BP3...

Table of Contents